VARIABLE ACCOUNT A AMERICAN INTL LIFE ASSUR CO OF NEW YORK
485BPOS, 1998-10-27
Previous: CANNON EXPRESS INC, DEF 14A, 1998-10-27
Next: VARIABLE ACCOUNT II AIG LIFE INSURANCE CO, 485BPOS, 1998-10-27



<PAGE>

      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 27, 1998

                                                             FILE NO.  33-39170
                                                                       811-4865

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    Form N-4


REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

         Pre-Effective Amendment No.                          [ ]

         Post-Effective Amendment No.                10       [X]

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

         Amendment No.                               25       [X]

                        (Check appropriate box or boxes.)

                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT A
                           (Exact Name of Registrant)

            American International Life Assurance Company of New York
                               (Name of Depositor)

                       80 Pine Street, New York, NY 10005
         (Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

                                                            (212) 770-7000
               (Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

                              Robert Liguori, Esq.
                           AIG Life Insurance Company
                                 One Alico Plaza
                           Wilmington, Delaware 19899
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                                   Copies to:

         Michael Berenson, Esq.      an      Florence Davis, Esq.
         Jorden Burt Boros Cicchetti         American International Group, Inc.
         Berenson & Johnson                  70 Pine Street
         1025 Thomas Jefferson Street, N.W.  New York, NY  10270
         Washington, DC  200007-0805

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:  As soon as practicable  after the
effective date of this filing.

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

     X    immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
          
     ___  on _____  pursuant  to  paragraph  (b) of Rule  485 ___ 60 days  after
          filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of Rule 485

     ___  on _____  pursuant to  paragraph  (a)(i) of Rule 485 ___ 75 days after
          filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii)

     ___  on _____ pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Rule 485.

     If   appropriate, check the following box:

     ___  this  post-effective  amendment  designates a new effective date for a
          previously filed post-effective amendment.

     Registrant  has declared that it registered an indefinite  number or amount
     of securities in accordance  with Rule 24f-2 under the  Investment  Company
     Act of 1940.  Registrant  filed a Rule  24f-2  notice  for its most  recent
     fiscal year on March 30, 1998



<PAGE>


                              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                             (required by Rule 495)

         Item No.                                 Location

                                     PART A

 Item 1.  Cover Page                              Cover Page
 Item 2.  Definitions                             Definitions
 Item 3.  Synopsis                                Highlights
 Item 4.  Condensed Financial Information         Condensed Financial Info.
 Item 5.  General Description of Registrant,      The Company, The Variable
          Depositor, and Portfolio Companies      Account, The Fund
 Item 6.  Deductions and Charges                  Charges and Deductions
 Item 7.  General Description of Variable         The Contract
          Annuity Contracts
 Item 8.  Annuity Period                          Annuity Benefits
 Item 9.  Death Benefit                           Death Benefit
 Item 10. Purchases and Contract Value            Distributions under Contracts;
 Item 11. Redemptions                             Withdrawals
 Item 12. Taxes                                   Taxes
 Item 13. Legal Proceedings                       Legal Proceedings
 Item 14. Table of Contents of the Statement of   Table of Contents of
          Additional Information                  the Statement of Additional
                                                  Information


<PAGE>


                                     PART B

Item 15. Cover Page                               Cover Page
Item 16. Table of Contents                        Table of Contents
Item 17. General Information and History          General Information
Item 18. Services                                 General Information/
                                                  Independent Accountants/
                                                  Legal Counsel
Item 19. Purchase of Securities Being Offered     The Contract;
                                                  Charges and Deductions
                                                  (Part A)
Item 20. Underwriters                             General Information/
                                                  Distributor
Item 21. Calculation of Performance Data          Calculation of Performance
                                                  Related Information
Item 22. Annuity Payments                         Annuity Provisions
Item 23. Financial Statements                     Financial Statements

                                     PART C

     Information  required  to be  included  in Part C is set  forth  under  the
appropriate item, so numbered, in Part C to this Registration Statement.


<PAGE>


                                     PART A

Incorporated  by reference to  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 11 to
Form N-4 (File No.  33-39171),  filed on May 1, 1998,  as amended by the filings
under Rule 497(e) on June 11, 1998, July 2, 1998,  July 21, 1998,  September 16,
1998 and October 9, 1998.



<PAGE>


                                     PART B


Incorporated  by reference to  Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment No. 11 to
Form N-4 (File No.  33-39171),  filed on May 1,  1998,  as amended by the filing
under Rule 497(e) on June 25, 1998.



<PAGE>




                                     PART C

                                OTHER INFORMATION

     Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

          a.   Financial Statements

               Incorporated   by   reference  to   Registrant's   Post-Effective
               Amendment No. 9 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-39170),  filed on May 1,
               1998,  as  amended by the  filing  under Rule  497(e) on June 25,
               1998.

          b.   Exhibits

          1.   Certificate  of  Resolution  for  American   International   Life
               Assurance  Company of New York,  dated June 5, 1986,  authorizing
               the issuance and sale of variable and fixed annuity contracts.

          2.   N/A

          3.   (a)  Principal    Underwriter's    Agreement   between   American
                    International   Life  Assurance  Company  of  New  York  and
                    American  International Fund  Distributors,  dated August 1,
                    1988;

               (b)  Broker/Dealer  Agreement between American International Life
                    Assurance  Company  of New York and  American  International
                    Fund Distributors, dated August 1, 1988

               (c)  Selling  Agreement  between  American   International   Life
                    Assurance  Company of New York, AIG Life  Insurance  Company
                    and AIG Equity Sales, dated October 1998

               (d)  Distribution  Agreement between American  International Life
                    Assurance  Company of New York, AIG Life  Insurance  Company
                    and Alliance Fund Distributors, dated June 11, 1991;

               (e)  Buy  Sell  Agreement  between  American  International  Life
                    Assurance Company of New York and Alliance Variable Products
                    Series Fund and Alliance  Capital  Management,  L.P.,  dated
                    June 11, 1991

         4.    (a)  Form of Individual  Variable Annuity Single Purchase Payment
                    Policy (45649 - 4/87)

               (b)  Form of Individual Variable Annuity Policy (21VAN0896NY)

               (c)  Form of Group Variable Annuity (21GVAN897)

               (d)  Form   of   Variable   Annuity   Certificate   of   Coverage
                    (26GVAN897NY)


         5.    (a)  Form of Single Premium Variable Annuity  application  (52971
                    11/96)
        
               (b)  Form of Group Variable Annuity application (24GVAN897)

         6.    (a)  American  International  Life Assurance Company of New York,
                    By-Laws (as amended on 3/25/75);

               (b)  Charter of American  International Life Assurance Company of
                    New York, dated March 5, 1962;

               (c)  Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
                    of  American  International  Life  Assurance  Company of New
                    York, dated February 4, 1972;
                  
               (d)  Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
                    of  American  International  Life  Assurance  Company of New
                    York, dated January 18, 1985;
                  
               (e)  Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
                    of  American  International  Life  Assurance  Company of New
                    York, dated June 1, 1987;
               
               (f)  Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
                    of  American  International  Life  Assurance  Company of New
                    York, dated March 22, 1989;

               (g)  Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
                    of  American  International  Life  Assurance  Company of New
                    York, dated June 27, 1991

               7.   N/A

               8.   Delaware Valley Financial Services Administrative  Agreement
                    appointing  Delaware Valley  Financial  Services by American
                    International  Life  Assurance  Company  of New York and AIG
                    Life Company.

               9.   Incorporated  by  reference to  Registrant's  Post-Effective
                    Amendment  No. 9 to Form N-4 (File No.  33-39170),  filed on
                    May 1, 1998.

               10.  Incorporated  by  reference to  Registrant's  Post-Effective
                    Amendment  No. 9 to Form N-4 (File No.  33-39170),  filed on
                    May 1, 1998.

               11.  N/A

               12.  N/A

               13.  Performance Data - Incorporated by reference to Registrant's
                    Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  3  to  Form  N-4  (File  No.
                    33-39171) filed on May 1, 1993.

               14.  N/A

               15.  Incorporated  by  reference to  Registrant's  Post-Effective
                    Amendment  No. 9 to Form N-4 (File No.  33-39170),  filed on
                    May 1, 1998



<PAGE>



     Item 25. Directors and Officers of the Depositor

          Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No.
     9 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-39170), filed on May 1, 1998

     Item 26.  Persons  Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Depositor
     or Registrant

          Incorporated  by  reference  to the  Form  10K,  Exhibit  21  filed by
     American  International  Life  Assurance  Company  of New  York,  parent of
     registrant for year end December 31, 1997.


     Item 27. Number of Contract Owners.

          Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No.
     9 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-39170), filed on May 1, 1998

     Item 28. Indemnification

          Principal  Underwriter's Agreement between American International Life
     Assurance Company of New York and American International Fund Distributors,
     dated August 1, 1988 which is  incorporated  by  reference  and attached as
     Item 24b 3(a) to this filing of Registrant's  Post-Effective  Amendment No.
     10 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-39170), filed on October 27, 1998

     Item 29. Principal Underwriter

          Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No.
     9 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-39170), filed on May 1, 1998

     Item 30. Location of Accounts and Records.

          Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No.
     9 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-39170), filed on May 1, 1998

     Item 31. Management Services.

          Not applicable.

     Item 32. Undertakings

          Incorporated by reference to Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No.
     9 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-39170), filed on May 1, 1998


<PAGE>


          Signatures - Incorporated by reference to Registrant's  Post-Effective
     Amendment No. 9 to Form N-4 (File No. 33-39170), filed on May 1, 1998


<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBITS TO
                            AMENDMENT NUMBER 10 TO
                                    FORM N-4
                                       FOR
                               VARIABLE ACCOUNT A



<PAGE>

                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS


Exhibit                                      

     b.    

     1.   Certificate  of Resolution for American  International  Life Assurance
          Company of New York, dated June 5, 1986,  authorizing the issuance and
          sale of variable and fixed annuity contracts.

     3.   (a)  Principal  Underwriter's Agreement between American International
               Life  Assurance  Company of New York and  American  International
               Fund Distributors, dated August 1, 1988;

          (b)  Broker/Dealer   Agreement  between  American  International  Life
               Assurance  Company of New York and  American  International  Fund
               Distributors, dated August 1, 1988

          (c)  Selling Agreement between American  International  Life Assurance
               Company of New York,  AIG Life  Insurance  Company and AIG Equity
               Sales, dated October 1998

          (d)  Distribution   Agreement  between  American   International  Life
               Assurance  Company of New York,  AIG Life  Insurance  Company and
               Alliance Fund Distributors, dated June 11, 1991;

          (e)  Buy Sell Agreement between American  International Life Assurance
               Company of New York and Alliance  Variable  Products  Series Fund
               and Alliance Capital Management, L.P., dated June 11, 1991

     4.   (a)  Form of  Individual  Variable  Annuity  Single  Purchase  Payment
               Policy (45649 - 4/87)

          (b)  Form of Individual Variable Annuity Policy (21VAN0896NY)

          (c)  Form of Group Variable Annuity (21GVAN897)

          (d)  Form of Variable Annuity Certificate of Coverage (26GVAN897NY)


     5.   (a)  Form of Single Premium Variable Annuity application (52971 11/96)
        
          (b)  Form of Group Variable Annuity application (24GVAN897)

     6.   (a)  American  International  Life  Assurance  Company  of  New  York,
               By-Laws (as amended on 3/25/75);

          (b)  Charter of American  International  Life Assurance Company of New
               York, dated March 5, 1962;

          (c)  Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation  of
               American  International Life Assurance Company of New York, dated
               February 4, 1972;
                  
          (d)  Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation  of
               American  International Life Assurance Company of New York, dated
               January 18, 1985;
                  
          (e)  Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation  of
               American  International Life Assurance Company of New York, dated
               June 1, 1987;
               
          (f)  Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation  of
               American  International Life Assurance Company of New York, dated
               March 22, 1989;

          (g)  Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation  of
               American  International Life Assurance Company of New York, dated
               June 27, 1991;

     8.   Delaware Valley Financial Services Administrative Agreement appointing
          Delaware  Valley  Financial  Services by American  International  Life
          Assurance Company of New York and AIG Life Company.

               


                                   EXHIBIT 1


     Certificate of Resolution for American International Life Assurance Company
     of New York,  dated  June 5, 1986,  authorizing  the  issuance  and sale of
     variable and fixed annuity contracts.

<PAGE>

                            CERTIFICATE OF RESOLUTION


         I, the undersigned,  Elizabeth M Tuck, being the duly elected Secretary
of AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE  ASSURANCE  COMPANY OF NEW YORK, a  corporation
organized  and  existing  under  the laws of the  State of New  York,  DO HEREBY
CERTIFY that by virtue of my office I have  custody of the  original  records of
the said  corporation;  that at a meeting of the Board of  Directors of the said
corporation  held on June 5, 1986 in accordance  with the law and the By-laws of
the said corporation,  a quorum being present throughout and voting thereon, the
following resolution was unanimously adopted:


         WHEREAS,  the Company is desirous of developing  and marketing  certain
types of  variable  and fixed  annuity  contracts  which may be  required  to be
registered with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to the various
securities laws; and

         WHEREAS,  it will be necessary to take certain actions  including,  but
not limited to,  establishing  separate  accounts for  segregation of assets and
seeking approval of regulatory authorities;


                  NOW  THEREFORE,  BE IT  RESOLVED,  that the  Company is hereby
                  authorized  to  develop  the  necessary  program  in  order to
                  effectuate the issuance and sale of variable and fixed annuity
                  contracts; and

                  FURTHER  RESOLVED,  that the Company is hereby  authorized  to
                  establish and to designate  one or more  separate  accounts of
                  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  state
                  insurance law. The purpose of any such separate  account shall
                  be to provide an investment medium for such variable and fixed
                  annuity  contracts  issued by the Company as may be designated
                  as participating therein.

                  Any such separate  account  shall  receive,  hold,  invest and
                  reinvest   only  the  monies   arising   from  (1)   premiums,
                  contributions  or payments  made  pursuant to the variable and
                  fixed  annuity  contracts  participating  therein;  (ii)  such
                  assets of the  Company  as shall be deemed  appropriate  to be
                  invested  in the same manner as the assets  applicable  to the
                  Company's  reserve  liability  under  the  variable  and fixed
                  annuity contracts  participating in such separate accounts; or
                  as may be necessary  for the  establishment  of such  separate
                  accounts; (iii) the dividends,  interest and gains produced by
                  the foregoing; and

                  FURTHER RESOLVED,  that the proper officers of the Company are
hereby authorized:

                           (i)  to  register  the  variable  and  fixed  annuity
                           contracts participating in any such separate accounts
                           under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 to
                           the  extent  that it shall be  determined  that  such
                           registration is necessary;

                           (ii) to register any such separate  accounts with the
                           Securities   and   Exchange   Commission   under  the
                           provisions of the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 to
                           the  extent  that it shall be  determined  that  such
                           registration is necessary.

                           (iii) to prepare, execute and file such amendments to
                           any   registration   statements   filed   under   the
                           aforementioned    Acts   (including    post-effective
                           amendments), supplements and exhibits thereto as they
                           may be deemed necessary or desirable;

                           (iv) to apply for exemption from those  provisions of
                           the aforementioned  Acts as shall be deemed necessary
                           and to take any and all other  actions which shall be
                           deemed  necessary,   desirable,   or  appropriate  in
                           connection with such Acts;

                           (v) to file the variable and fixed annuity  contracts
                           participating in any such separate  accounts with the
                           appropriate   state  insurance   departments  and  to
                           prepare and execute all necessary documents to obtain
                           approval of the insurance departments;

                           (vi) to  prepare or have  prepared  and  execute  all
                           necessary   documents  to  obtain   approval  of,  or
                           clearance   with,   or  other   appropriate   actions
                           required,  of any other regulatory authority that may
                           be necessary; and


                  FURTHER  RESOLVED,  that for the purposes of facilitating  the
                  execution  and  filing of any  registration  statement  and of
                  remedying any deficiencies  therein by appropriate  amendments
                  (including post effective  amendments) or supplements thereto,
                  the President of the Company and the Secretary of the Company,
                  and each of them,  are  hereby  designated  as  attorneys  and
                  agents of the  Company;  and the  appropriate  officers of the
                  Company be, and they  hereby are  authorized  and  directed to
                  grant the power of attorney of the Company to the President of
                  the Company and the  Secretary of the Company by executing and
                  delivering to such  individuals,  on behalf of the Company,  a
                  power of attorney; and

                  FURTHER  RESOLVED,  that in  connection  with the offering and
                  sale  of the  fixed  and  variable  annuity  contracts  in the
                  various  States of the  United  States,  as and to the  extent
                  necessary,  the  appropriate  officers  of the Company be, and
                  they hereby are,  authorized  to take any and all such action,
                  including  but not limited to the  preparation,  execution and
                  filing with proper State authorities,  on behalf of and in the
                  name  of  the   Company,   of  such   applications,   notices,
                  certificates,  affidavits,  powers of  attorney,  consents  to
                  service of process,  issuer's  covenants,  certified copies of
                  minutes  of  shareholders'  and  directors'  meetings,  bonds,
                  escrow  and  impounding   agreements  and  other  writing  and
                  instruments as may be required in order to render  permissible
                  the  offering  and  sale of the  fixed  and  variable  annuity
                  contracts in such jurisdictions; and

                  RESOLVED,  that the forms of any  resolutions  required by any
                  State  authority  to be  filed in  connection  with any of the
                  documents  or  instruments  referred  to any of the  preceding
                  resolutions  be, and the same hereby are,  adopted as if fully
                  set  forth  herein  if (1) in the  option  of the  appropriate
                  officers of the Company,  the adoption of the  resolutions  is
                  advisable and (2) the Secretary or any Assistant  Secretary of
                  the Company  evidences  such adoption by inserting  into these
                  minutes copies of any such resolutions; and

                  FURTHER RESOLVED,  that the officers of the Company,  and each
                  of them,  are hereby  authorized to prepare and to execute the
                  necessary documents and to take such further actions as may be
                  deemed  necessary  or  appropriate,  in their  discretion,  to
                  implement the purpose of these resolutions.


THAT the same has not been  altered,  amended or  rescinded,  and is now in full
force  and  effect;  and  that I am  duly  authorized  on  behalf  of  the  said
corporation to make this certificate.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto  subscribed my name and affixed the
seal of said corporation this 11th day of August 1998.



                                                    /s/ Elizabeth M. Tuck
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                    Elizabeth M. Tuck




                                  EXHIBIT 3(a)

     Principal  Underwriter's  Agreement  between  American  International  Life
     Assurance Company of New York and American International Fund Distributors,
     dated August 1, 198
<PAGE>
                        PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER'S AGREEMENT

         IT  IS  HEREBY  AGREED  by  and  between  AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE
ASSURANCE  COMPANY  OF NEW YORK  ("INSURANCE  COMPANY")  on behalf  of  VARIABLE
ACCOUNT A (the "Variable Account") and AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL FUND DISTRIBUTORS,
INC. ("PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER") as follows:

                                       I.

         INSURANCE COMPANY proposes to issue and sell Individual Single Purchase
Payment  Variable  Annuity  Contracts  (the  "Contracts")  to the public through
PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER. The PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER agrees to provide sales service
subject to the terms and  conditions  hereof.  The Contracts to be sold are more
fully  described in the  registration  statement and the prospectus  hereinafter
mentioned.  Such  contracts  will be issued by  INSURANCE  COMPANY  through  the
Variable Account.

                                       II.

         INSURANCE  COMPANY grants  PRINCIPAL  UNDERWRITER the exclusive  right,
during the term of this Agreement,  subject to registration  requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the provisions
of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, to be the  distributor of the Contracts
issued  through  the  Variable  Account.  PRINCIPAL  UNDERWRITER  will  sell the
Contracts under such terms as set by INSURANCE  COMPANY and will make such sales
to purchasers permitted to buy such Contracts as specified in the prospectus.

                                      III.

         PRINCIPAL  UNDERWRITER agrees it shall undertake at its own expense, to
perform  all  duties  and  functions  which are  necessary  and  proper  for the
distribution of the Contracts.

                                       IV.

         PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER shall be compensated for its distribution service
in an amount mutually agreed to by INSURANCE  COMPANY and PRINCIPAL  UNDERWRITER
on an individual basis.

                                       V.

         On behalf of the Variable  Account,  INSURANCE  COMPANY  shall  furnish
PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER with copies of all prospectuses,  financial statements and
other  documents  which  PRINCIPAL  UNDERWRITER  reasonably  requests for use in
connection  with the  distribution  of the  Contracts.  INSURANCE  COMPANY shall
provide to PRINCIPAL  UNDERWRITER such number of copies of the current effective
prospectus as PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER shall reasonably request.

                                       VI.

         PRINCIPAL  UNDERWRITER is not authorized to give any  information or to
make any  representations  concerning  the Contracts or the Variable  Account of
INSURANCE  COMPANY  other  than  those  contained  in the  current  registration
statement or prospectus  filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission or
such sales literature as may be authorized by INSURANCE COMPANY.

                                      VII.

         Both parties to this Agreement  agree to keep the necessary  records as
indicated  by  applicable  state and  federal  law and to render  the  necessary
assistance  to one  another  for the  accurate  and timely  preparation  of such
records.
                                      VIII.

         This Agreement  shall be effective  upon the execution  hereof and will
remain in effect unless terminated as hereinafter provided. This Agreement shall
automatically  be  terminated  in the event of its  assignment as defined by the
Investment Company Act of 1940.

         This  Agreement  may at any time be  terminated  by either party hereto
upon 60 days written notice to the other party.

     All  notices,   requests,  demands  and  other  communications  under  this
Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date
of service if serviced personally on the party to whom notice is to be given, or
on the date of mailing if sent by First Class  Mail,  Registered  or  Certified,
postage prepaid and properly addressed.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this instrument to
be  signed  on  their  behalf  by  their  respective   officers  thereunto  duly
authorized.

         EXECUTED this 1st day of August, 1988

                                        INSURANCE COMPANY

                                        AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE
                                        ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                                        /s/ A. Raymond Williams
                                   By:  _______________________________________
                                        A. Raymond Williams, President

           /s Maureen P. Tully
ATTEST: _______________________
           Secretary

                                        PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITER

                                        AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL FUND
                                        DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

                                          /s/ Jerome T. Muldowney
                                   By: _______________________________________
                                        Jerome T. Muldowney
                                        President

           /s/ Maureen P. Tully
ATTEST: _________________________
          Secretary


                                  EXHIBIT 3(b)

     Broker/Dealer  Agreement  between  American  International  Life  Assurance
     Company of New York and American  International  Fund  Distributors,  dated
     August 1, 1988

<PAGE>
                             BROKER-DEALER AGREEMENT

         IT  IS  HEREBY  AGREED  by  and  between  American  International  Life
Assurance Company of New York (hereinafter  referred to as "INSURANCE COMPANY"),
a New York  Corporation,  and American  International  Fund  Distributors,  Inc.
(hereinafter  referred  to as  "BROKER/DEALER"),  a  New  York  Corporation,  as
follows:

                                       I.
                             BASIS FOR THE AGREEMENT

A.        INSURANCE COMPANY

         INSURANCE COMPANY is a life insurance company licensed to issue various
life insurance policies and annuity contracts.

B.        BROKER/DEALER

         BROKER/DEALER is an affiliate of INSURANCE COMPANY.  BROKER/DEALER will
         function as a  broker-dealer  registered  under the  provisions  of the
         Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (hereinafter  referred  to as  the
         "Exchange Act") for the sale of certain  variable  contracts  issued by
         separate accounts of INSURANCE COMPANY.  Such variable contracts may be
         deemed to be  securities  within the meaning of the  Securities  Act of
         1933 and will be registered thereunder.

C.        PURPOSE OF AGREEMENT

         INSURANCE  COMPANY desires  BROKER/DEALER to act as the distributor for
         all of the said variable contracts which require distribution under the
         auspices of a registered  broker-dealer.  The parties desire  INSURANCE
         COMPANY  to   maintain   certain   accounting   books  and  records  of
         BROKER/DEALER  and  to  send  purchasers  of  such  variable  contracts
         required  confirmations of transactions on behalf of BROKER/DEALER  and
         to pay any  commissions  which  may be due on  sales  of such  variable
         contracts to any selling broker-dealers.

                                       II.


                             DUTIES OF BROKER/DEALER

A.        REGISTRATION UNDER THE EXCHANGE ACT

         BROKER/DEALER is registered as a broker-dealer  under the provisions of
         the Exchange  Act and will secure  whatever  authorizations,  licenses,
         qualifications, permits and the like as may be necessary to perform its
         obligations under this agreement in those states requested by INSURANCE
         COMPANY.

B.        MEMBERSHIP IN THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECURITIES DEALERS, INC.

          BROKER/DEALER  is a member of the National  Association  of Securities
          Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), and shall maintain its membership therein.

C.        RESPONSIBILITY FOR SECURITIES ACTIVITIES

         BROKER/DEALER  shall  assume  full  responsibility  for the  securities
         activities  of  all  persons  engaged  directly  or  indirectly  in the
         variable contract  operations of INSURANCE  COMPANY,  including but not
         limited to  training,  supervision  and control as  contemplated  under
         appropriate provisions of the Exchange Act, any regulations thereunder,
         or by the rules of the NASD. The the extent  necessary and appropriate,
         those persons directly or indirectly involved in such variable contract
         operations shall be registered representatives or registered principals
         of BROKER/DEALER as appropriate to their activities.

D.        APPOINTMENT OF REGISTERED PERSONS AND MAINTENANCE OF PERSONNEL RECORDS

         BROKER/DEALER  shall  have the  authority  and  responsibility  for the
         appointment  and  registration  of those persons who will be registered
         representatives and registered principals. BROKER/DEALER shall likewise
         have  the  responsibility  for  maintenance  of all of the  appropriate
         records of such registered persons.

E.        MAINTENANCE OF NET CAPITAL

         BROKER/DEALER  shall have the full  responsibility  for  maintenance of
         appropriate net capital and for limiting aggregate  indebtedness as may
         be required under the  provisions of the Exchange Act, and  regulations
         thereunder, or by NASD rules.

F.        REQUIRED REPORTS

         BROKER/DEALER   shall  have  the  responsibility  for  preparation  and
         submission of any reports or other materials required by any regulatory
         authority having proper jurisdiction.

                                      III.
                           DUTIES OF INSURANCE COMPANY

A.        MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNTING RECORDS

         INSURANCE COMPANY shall be responsible for the maintenance of all books
         and records in connection with the said variable contracts.  Such books
         and records  shall be maintained  and preserved in conformity  with any
         requirements  under the Exchange Act, any  regulations  thereunder,  or
         under NASD rules to the extent that such requirements are applicable to
         variable  contract  operations.  All such  books and  records  shall be
         maintained and held by INSURANCE  COMPANY on behalf of and as agent for
         BROKER/DEALER.  All such books and records  are, and shall at all times
         remain, the property of BROKER/DEALER and shall at all times be subject
         to inspection by duly authorized officers,  auditors or representatives
         of  BROKER/DEALER  and by the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  the
         NASD, or other regulatory authority having proper jurisdiction.

B.        PAYMENT OF COMMISSIONS

         INSURANCE  COMPANY shall pay on behalf of BROKER/DEALER all commissions
         which may be due on sales of such  variable  contracts  to any  selling
         broker-dealers and registered  representatives of BROKER/DEALER who are
         also licensed insurance agents (or agencies) of INSURANCE COMPANY. Such
         commissions  shall be payable  from funds made  available  for such and
         shall  be  subject  to  approval  before  payment  by  duly  authorized
         personnel of  BROKER/DEALER.  The payment of commisisions  hereunder on
         behalf of  BROKER/DEALER  is  intended  by the  parties  to be a purely
         ministerial  act by INSURANCE  COMPANY and all such  payments  shall be
         properly  reflected  on the books and records  maintained  on behalf of
         BROKER/DEALER.

C.        CONFIRMATION OF TRANSACTIONS

         INSURANCE  COMPANY shall provide that  confirmations  will be issued on
         behalf  of  BROKER/DEALER,  acting  as  agent  for  INSURANCE  COMPANY,
         regarding all  transactions  required to be confirmed,  and in the form
         and manner required for such confirmations, under the Exchange Act, any
         regulations thereunder, or by NASD rules.
D.        PAYMENT OF EXPENSES OF BROKER/DEALER

         In the event  BROKER/DEALER  should expend any of its own funds for any
         reason,  INSURANCE COMPANY shall reimburse  BROKER/DEALER  upon demand.
         INSURANCE COMPANY'S obligations under the terms of this paragraph shall
         be limited by  BROKER/DEALER  in  performance of services for INSURANCE
         COMPANY.

E.        PROVISIONS OF FACILITIES AND PERSONNEL

         INSURANCE  COMPANY  shall provide  BROKER/DEALER  with  facilities  and
         personnel sufficient to perform  BROKER/DEALER's  obligations hereunder
         and to carry on its  business  in  conformity  with  provisions  of the
         Exchange Act, any regulations thereunder or NASD rules.

                                       IV.

                                   TERMINATION

         This  Agreement  may be  terminated at any time by either party upon 60
         days written  notice to the other  provided that this Agreement may not
         be terminated or modified by either party if the effect would be to put
         BROKER/DEALER out of compliance with the "net capital"  requirements of
         the Exchange  Act. In  addition,  no default of any kind shall have the
         effect of terminating this Agreement unless such termination is subject
         to this termination provision.

         EXECUTED at New York, New York effective August 1, 1988.

                                             INSURANCE COMPANY
                                             AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE
                                             ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                                                    /s/ A. Raymond Williams
                                             By: _____________________________
                                                 A. Raymond Williams, President

           /s/ Maureen P. Tully
ATTEST:______________________________
         Secretary


                                             BROKER/DEALER
                                             AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL FUND
                                             DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

                                                   /s/ Jerome T. Muldowney
                                             By: ______________________________
                                                 Jerome T. Muldowney, President

         /s/ Maureen P. Tully
ATTEST: _____________________________
         Secretary



                                  EXHIBIT 3(c)

     Selling Agreement between American  International Life Assurance Company of
     New York,  AIG Life Insurance  Company and AIG Equity Sales,  dated October
     1998

<PAGE>
                                SELLING AGREEMENT

THIS   AGREEMENT  is  by  and  among  AIG  Life  Insurance   Company,   American
International  Life Assurance Company of New York (individually or collectively,
as the context may require,  the "AIG Life  Companies"),  AIG Equity Sales Corp.
("AIGESC") and ________________________________________ ("Dealer")

AIGESC, a dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange  Commission ("SEC")
under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange  Act") and a member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD"),  has been authorized
to act as the  principal  underwriter  of certain  variable  life  policies  and
variable annuities (the "Policies") issued by the AIG Life Companies.

The   parties   desire   that   Dealer   and  its   registered   representatives
("Representatives")  be authorized to offer and sell the Policies to the general
public subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  AUTHORIZATION

1.       Dealer is hereby authorized to sell the Policies identified in Schedule
         A to the  Agreement  in the states  where the Policies are approved for
         sale and in which Dealer is properly licensed.

2.       Dealer is an independent contractor and nothing in this Agreement shall
         be construed to create any other relationship among the parties.

3. Dealer shall have no exclusive territory for the sale of Policies.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    LICENSING

1.       Dealer  represents  that it is, and  during the term of this  Agreement
         will remain,  registered as a  broker-dealer  under the Exchange Act, a
         member of the NASD, and,  properly  registered or licensed to conduct a
         securities  business in each state or jurisdiction  where it offers the
         Policies.

2.       Dealer  represents  that it or an affiliated  entity is, and during the
         term of  this  Agreement  will  remain,  properly  licensed  under  the
         insurance  laws in each  state  or  jurisdiction  where it  offers  the
         Policies.

3.       Dealer  represents  that it will not permit the  Policies to be offered
         except by  Representatives  who are also  properly  licensed  as agents
         under  applicable  insurance  laws.  Dealer  will  assist  the AIG Life
         Companies in the appointment of Representatives as agents.

                                   ARTICLE III

                         SALES PRACTICES AND COMPLIANCE

1.       The  solicitation,  offer and sale of the  Policies  by Dealer  and its
         Representatives  shall  be  undertaken  only  in  accordance  with  all
         applicable laws, rules and regulations.  Dealer shall fully comply with
         requirements of the NASD, Exchange Act, the Securities Act of 1933, the
         Investment  Company  Act of 1940 and all other  applicable  federal  or
         state laws governing the activities of Dealer regarding the Policies.

2.       Dealer  agrees to establish  such rules and  procedures  as required to
         ensure  diligent  supervision of the sales practices and conduct of its
         Representatives.

3.       In the event that Dealer terminates a Representative, Dealer shall take
         whatever action is necessary to terminate the sales  activities of such
         Representative regarding the Policies and notify the AIG Life Companies
         and AIGESC in writing immediately.

4.       Dealer shall have full  responsibility for the training and supervision
         of all  Representatives  associated  with Dealer who are engaged in the
         sale of the Policies.  Dealer shall  instruct such  Representatives  to
         limit solicitations of the Policies to jurisdictions where the AIG Life
         Companies have authorized such activities.

5.       Dealer  shall be  responsible  for  maintaining  in good  order  and in
         accordance  with  applicable  laws,  rules and  regulations  all books,
         records and accounts relating to the sale of the Policies and any other
         related  business  transacted  on  behalf  of  AIGESC  and the AIG Life
         Companies.  All such books, records and accounts shall be available for
         inspection by the AIG Life Companies upon request.

6.       Dealer  agrees that it will take  reasonable  steps to determine if any
         employee or  Representative  of Dealer has ever been  convicted  of any
         criminal felony involving  dishonesty or breach of trust or a violation
         of 18 U.S.C.  ss.1033.  Further,  Dealer will not willfully  permit any
         person if so  convicted  to  engage in the  business  of  insurance  as
         defined in 18 U.S.C. ss.1033.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                            APPLICATIONS AND PREMIUMS

1. All  applications  for the Policies shall be made on such forms as authorized
by the AIG Life Companies.

2.  The AIG  Life  Companies  retain  the  unconditional  right  to  reject  any
application for a Policy.

3.       Premiums  collected  by Dealer  shall be  remitted  immediately  to the
         appropriate AIG Life Company. No payment will be deemed received by the
         AIG Life Companies until actually received by them.

4. Dealer agrees that it and its Representatives:

     i)   Shall not solicit  applications for the Policies without delivering to
          the applicant the appropriate prospectuses;

     ii)  Shall  have  authority  to alter,  modify,  waive or change any of the
          terms, rates, charges or conditions of the Policies; and

     iii) Shall deliver Policies in accordance with the AIG Life Companies rules
          and regulations then in effect.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                 SALES MATERIALS

The AIG Life  Companies  will  provide  Dealer,  at no expense  to Dealer,  with
prospectuses  and  consumer  brochures  for use with the  Policies.  No sales or
promotional  materials,  advertisements,  circulars  or other  documents  may be
utilized by Dealer or its  Representatives  unless approved in writing by AIGESC
and the AIG Life Companies prior to its use.




                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  COMPENSATION

1.       During the term of this Agreement,  the AIG Life Companies agree to pay
         compensation  to Dealer as set forth in  Schedule A to this  Agreement.
         Schedule A may be amended or modified by the AIG Life  Companies at any
         time, effective upon written notice to Dealer.

2. Dealer shall be solely  responsible for the payment of any commissions to its
Representatives.

3.       If a premium is refunded by the AIG Life  Companies to a purchaser  for
         any  reason,  and  Dealer  has  received  compensation  on the  premium
         refunded,  or if  compensation  has otherwise  been overpaid to Dealer,
         Dealer shall promptly repay such compensation.

4.       If a Policy sold by Dealer  lapses or is  surrendered,  either fully or
         partially,  and Dealer has received  compensation  with respect to such
         Policy  pursuant to this  Agreement,  Dealer shall  promptly repay such
         compensation,  or portion  thereof,  as specified in Schedule A. If any
         such repayment is not promptly  made,  such amount may be deducted from
         any future payments due Dealer, or the AIG Life Companies may otherwise
         institute  proceedings to recover such amounts.  The AIG Life Companies
         shall have all rights of a creditor  to collect  amounts  owed to it by
         Dealer.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   TERMINATION

1.       This Agreement, including any addenda, schedules or supplements, may be
         terminated by any party hereto,  without  cause,  upon thirty (30) days
         prior written notice by such party to the other parties.

2.       This Agreement may also be terminated  immediately by either of the AIG
         Life  Companies or AIGESC upon the  occurrence  of any of the following
         events:

         (i) Dealer's  registration  or license with the NASD or any  regulatory
authority is suspended or terminated.

         (ii)     Dealer has failed to  promptly  remit  premium to the AIG Life
                  Companies  or has failed to  promptly  repay  compensation  as
                  required by this Agreement.

1.       Upon termination of this Agreement, compensation to Dealer will be paid
         as stated in Schedule A for Policies sold and premiums  received  prior
         to the  termination  date,  unless payment of such  compensation  would
         violate  any  laws,  rules  or  regulations  of the  NASD or any  other
         regulatory authority.

2.       Following termination of this Agreement, unless a Policy owner provides
         other instructions to the AIG Life Companies, Dealer may receive Policy
         information  on each  Policy  sold by its  Representatives  under  this
         Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

1.       The AIG Life Companies shall indemnify  Dealer against any liability or
         loss incurred by Dealer arising out of or in connection with:

         (i)      allegations   or  claims  that  any   prospectus  or  consumer
                  brochures  supplied  by the AIG Life  Companies  or  AIGESC to
                  Dealer was  materially  false or  misleading  under federal or
                  state  securities  laws or regulations or state insurance laws
                  or  regulations  or  the  rules  of the  NASD  or  common  law
                  standards of fraud or misrepresentation;

         (ii)     any   allegation   arising  out  of  or  in  connection   with
                  intentional  wrongdoing or gross negligence on the part of the
                  AIG Life  Companies or AIGESC in the course of any  activities
                  or conduct performed in relation to this Agreement.

1.       Dealer shall  indemnify the AIG Life  Companies and AIGESC  against any
         liability or loss incurred by the AIG Life  Companies or AIGESC arising
         out of or in connection with:

     (i)  any  violation  by Dealer or its  Representatives  of federal or state
          securities   laws  or   regulations,   or  state   insurance  laws  or
          regulations, or the rules of the NASD or common law standards of fraud
          or misrepresentation;

     (ii) any violation by Dealer or its  Representatives of any of the terms of
          this Agreement;

     (iii)any intentional  wrongdoing or gross  negligence on the part of Dealer
          or its  Representatives  in the  course of any  activities  or conduct
          performed in relation to this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.       All  notices or  communications  shall be valid if in writing  and hand
         delivered  or sent by U.S.  mail,  postage  prepaid,  or by  nationally
         recognized  overnight  courier,  to each other  party at its last known
         address.

2. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws
of the State of Delaware.

3.       This  Agreement  shall be binding on and shall  inure to the benefit of
         the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

4.       This  Agreement and the rights,  duties and  obligations of the parties
         hereto shall not be  assignable  by any party hereto  without the prior
         written  consent of the other  parties,  and any  purported  assignment
         without such consent shall be void.

5.       Each party shall  promptly  notify the other  parties in writing of any
         complaints,  claims,  demands  or actions  having  any  bearing on this
         Agreement.

6.       This  Agreement  supersedes  all prior  agreements  among  the  parties
         relating to the Policies.  This Agreement may not be modified unless by
         written agreement.

7.       This  Agreement may be executed in any number of  counterparts,  all of
         which together shall  constitute one agreement and any party hereto may
         execute this Agreement by signing one such counterpart.

8.       If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal
         or  unenforceable,  the validity,  legality and  enforceability  of the
         remaining  provisions  shall  not in any way be  affected  or  impaired
         thereby.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective

- --------------------------------------

AIG Life Insurance Company and              Dealer:_____________________________
     /S/                                          /S/
By:___________________________________      By: ________________________________
          VICE PRESIDENT                               VICE PRESIDENT
Title:_________________________________     Title:______________________________

American International Life Assurance       Insurance Agency (if different 
    Company of New York                      than Dealer):
- -----------------------------------
     /S/                                          /S/
By:___________________________________      By: ________________________________
          VICE PRESIDENT                               VICE PRESIDENT
Title:_________________________________     Title:______________________________

AIG Equity Sales Corp.
     /S/
By:___________________________________
          VICE PRESIDENT
Title:__________________________________


                                  EXHIBIT 3(d)

          Distribution  Agreement between American  International Life Assurance
          Company of New York,  AIG Life  Insurance  Company and  Alliance  Fund
          Distributors, dated June 11, 1991

<PAGE>
                                    AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT is between American  International Fund  Distributors,  Inc.
("AIFD"),   a  New  York  corporation  and  Alliance  Fund  Distributors,   Inc.
(hereinafter  referred to as "DISTRIBUTOR"),  A New York corporation,  effective
June 11, 1991.

     WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS,  AIFD is the  duly  authorized  distributor  of  certain  variable
annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies (hereinafter collectively
referred  to as  "Variable  Insurance  Products")  issued by AIG Life  Insurance
Company  and  American   International   Life  Assurance  Company  of  New  York
(hereinafter  collectively  referred to as  "Companies"),  such  policies  being
described on Exhibit A which is attached hereto and incorporated herein; and

     WHEREAS,  DISTRIBUTOR  is licensed as an  insurance  agent or agency in the
jurisdictions requiring such licensing; and

     WHEREAS,   DISTRIBUTOR  or  an  affiliated   company  is  registered  as  a
broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC") under the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"), is a member of
the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers Inc.,  (the  "NASD"),  and is
registered as a broker-dealer with any other governmental entity or jurisdiction
requiring such registration; and

     WHEREAS,  AIFD and DISTRIBUTOR  desire to establish an arrangement  whereby
DISTRIBUTOR  will  recommend to AIFD certain  business  firms to become  general
agents of Companies for the sale of the Variable  Insurance  Products  ("General
Agents");

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants
and undertakings herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

A. APPOINTMENT

     AIFD hereby  appoints  DISTRIBUTOR  as its agent to  represent  AIFD in all
states in which the  Companies  are licensed.  Nothing in this  Agreement  shall
prevent AIFD from contracting with other distributors,  general agents or itself
for its Variable  Insurance  Products.  Nothing in this Agreement  shall prevent
DISTRIBUTOR  from  contracting  with other  insurers to sell variable  insurance
products not covered by this Agreement.

B. AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITY

     1.   DISTRIBUTOR is authorized to contact  business firms to become General
          Agents for the sale of the Variable  Insurance  Products.  DISTRIBUTOR
          shall only contact  those  business  firms which possess the requisite
          licenses and  registrations  in those  jurisdictions in which AIFD has
          notified  DISTRIBUTOR  in writing that such products are registered or
          qualified for sale.

     2.   DISTRIBUTOR  shall  recommend  that such  business  firms as described
          above which desire to become General Agents be contracted with AIFD in
          accordance with AIFD's  procedures for such  transactions.  AIFD shall
          have the right to reject any such recommendation,  but shall not do so
          arbitrarily or unreasonably.  AIFD shall have the  responsibility  for
          and bear  the cost of (i)  executing  appropriate  contracts  with the
          business firms  recommended by DISTRIBUTOR  and (ii)  appointing  such
          business firms as insurance agents of Companies in those jurisdictions
          where such business firms possess insurance licenses.  AIFD shall have
          no  responsibility  for,  nor bear the cost of,  any  registration  of
          General Agents with the SEC or the NASD.

     3.   DISTRIBUTOR shall recruit,  help in the appointment  procedure of, and
          familiarize  representatives and agents of General Agents (hereinafter
          collectively  referred to as  "Representative"),  with  respect to the
          Variable  Insurance  Products  as  described  on  Exhibit A, as may be
          reasonably acceptable to AIFD.

     4.   AIFD  shall  have  the   responsibility  for  and  bear  the  cost  of
          appointment  (including any special insurance appointments required to
          sell the Variable Insurance  Products) of Representatives as insurance
          agents. AIFD shall have the right to reject any such appointment,  but
          shall not do so arbitrarily nor unreasonably. Neither party shall have
          responsibility  for,  nor  bear  the  cost  of,  any  registration  of
          Representatives with the SEC or the NASD.

     5.   DISTRIBUTOR shall instruct all its associated persons (as that term is
          defined in the 1934 Act),  employees  and assigns in the proper method
          of solicitation,  sale and delivery of Variable Insurance Products for
          the purpose of complying on a continuous  basis with the NASD Rules of
          Fair Practice and with federal and state  securities and insurance law
          requirements  applicable in  connection  with the offering and sale of
          the Variable  Insurance Products and for the purpose of complying with
          AIFD's  procedures which have been established for such  solicitation,
          sale and delivery.  DISTRIBUTOR  shall instruct all General Agents and
          Representatives  to have  any  purchase  payments  together  with  all
          applications  and related  information in accordance  with  procedures
          established by AIFD.

     6.   AIFD shall be responsible for and bear the cost of  administration  of
          the Variable Insurance Products following their purchase including all
          policyholder  service and  communication  activities,  but DISTRIBUTOR
          shall be responsible  for answering  inquiries from General Agents and
          Representatives  regarding the investment  performance of the Variable
          Insurance  Products.  Nothing  herein,  however,  shall be  deemed  to
          prohibit  AIFD of the  Companies  from  utilizing  the  administrative
          services of an administrative  service  organization to perform any or
          all of such administrative activities.

     7.   AIFD shall  furnish  DISTRIBUTOR  with such  administrative  forms and
          printed  material  deemed  necessary by AIFD pursuant to the authority
          granted by this Agreement. Copies of any sales literature developed by
          DISTRIBUTOR in connection with this Agreement will be provided to AIFD
          for its approval in light of applicable insurance laws and regulations
          of the States governing such literature and for filing with the States
          or the NASD as required. DISTRIBUTOR will use and authorize the use of
          sales  material in any State only if such  material has been  reviewed
          and  approved  in  writing by AIFD or  Companies  in  accordance  with
          procedures  established  from time to time and such  approval  has not
          been withdrawn.  DISTRIBUTOR  will not use or authorize the use of any
          prospectuses which are not currently effective.

     8.   AIFD shall furnish  DISTRIBUTOR with a list of the Variable  Insurance
          Products which may be sold in each  jurisdiction.  It is understood by
          DISTRIBUTOR   that  the  Companies  each  reserve  the  right  in  any
          jurisdiction  to  withdraw  for future  issuance  any of the  Variable
          Insurance  Products,  to suspend or discontinue  writing this class of
          business or to suspend or discontinue writing all business.

     9.   DISTRIBUTOR shall be responsible for the determination of the need for
          and the  maintenance of any  applicable  licenses,  certifications  or
          permits for itself and/or its employees pursuant to any federal, state
          or local law, rule or regulation.

C.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DISTRIBUTOR

     DISTRIBUTOR hereby represents and warrants that:

     1.   It shall be duly registered, licensed, or otherwise qualified under
         the  insurance  laws of any state or other  jurisdiction  to the extent
         necessary  to perform  its  responsibilities  hereunder.  Additionally,
         DISTRIBUTOR or an affiliated company is a duly registered broker-dealer
         under the 1934 Act and is a member in good standing of the NASD.

     2.   It has  taken  all  actions  necessary  to  authorize  the  execution,
          delivery  and  performance  of this  Agreement  and  all  transactions
          contemplated hereunder.

D.   COMPENSATION OF DISTRIBUTOR

     1.   DISTRIBUTOR shall receive compensation for its efforts as specified on
          Exhibit B, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein.

     2.   In the event an application or purchase payment is rejected by AIFD or
          Companies  or if a purchase  payment is refunded  to a  purchaser  and
          DISTRIBUTOR  has  received  compensation  on the amount so rejected or
          refunded, DISTRIBUTOR shall promptly repay such compensation to AIFD.

     3.   (a)  If  within 1 year of the date of  issue of a  Variable  Insurance
               Product sold by a General Agent recommended by DISTRIBUTOR,  such
               Product is  surrendered  or terminated  for any reason  excluding
               death  or if any  full  withdrawal  is  made if  DISTRIBUTOR  has
               received  compensation  with respect to such  Variable  Insurance
               Product  pursuant to this Agreement,  DISTRIBUTOR  shall promptly
               repay  all  of  such  compensation  to  AIFD  if  the  surrender,
               termination  or full  withdrawal  occurs within 6 months from the
               date  of  issue,  and  one-half  of  such   compensation  if  the
               surrender,  termination or full  withdrawal  occurs on or after 6
               months  from the date of issue but  before the end of 1 year from
               the date of issue.

          (b)  If, during the first 6 months after the date of issue,  a partial
               withdrawal  is made from a Variable  Insurance  Product sold by a
               General Agent  recommended by DISTRIBUTOR  and if DISTRIBUTOR has
               received  compensation  with respect to such  Variable  Insurance
               Product  pursuant to this Agreement,  DISTRIBUTOR  shall promptly
               repay  the  proportionate   amount  of  such  compensation.   The
               proportionate  amount of the  compensation  due  shall  equal the
               quotient  of (a)  divided by (b) where:  (a) is the amount of the
               partial withdrawal and (b) is the initial premium of the Variable
               Insurance  Product.  If, however,  such partial withdrawal should
               occur on or after 6 months  from the date of issue but before the
               end of 1 year from the date of  issue,  DISTRIBUTOR  shall  repay
               one-half of such quotient. DISTRIBUTOR,  however, shall not repay
               any  amounts  in  excess of the  compensation  if  received  with
               respect to such Variable Insurance Product.


          (c)  If such repayment is not promptly  made,  AIFD may, at is option,
               deduct such amount from any future  payments due  DISTRIBUTOR  or
               may otherwise institute  proceedings to recover such amounts. The
               provision of this Section D.3.  shall survive the  termination of
               this Agreement.

          4.   All compensation  payable hereunder is subject to AIFD's absolute
               right  to  apply  such   compensation   to  all   obligations  of
               DISTRIBUTOR  to  AIFD  or  Companies  under  the  terms  of  this
               Agreement, both during its term and following its termination.

          5.   AIFD  reserves  the  right  to  revise  compensation  payable  on
               Variable  Insurance  Products  issued,  renewed,   converted,  or
               exchanged in the future by giving  written  notice to DISTRIBUTOR
               to such effect,  effective 30 days after  delivery of such notice
               to DISTRIBUTOR.  If,  however,  there are changes in any federal,
               state or local law, rule or regulation or if any regulation or if
               any regulatory agency having  jurisdiction over AIFD or Companies
               takes a  position  which  affects  the  compensation  payable  on
               Variable  Insurance  Products,  then AIFD  reserves  the right to
               revise  such   compensation,   such   revision  to  be  effective
               immediately upon delivery of such notice to DISTRIBUTOR.

E.   ADDITIONAL PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT

     In the event  DISTRIBUTOR is not itself a broker-dealer  registered as such
     with the SEC, but utilizes an  affiliated  entity to satisfy  broker-dealer
     requirements  pursuant to permission granted by no-action letters issued by
     the SEC, such affiliated broker-dealer shall countersign this Agreement and
     shall be duly bound hereby.

F.   INDEMNIFICATION

          1.   DISTRIBUTOR  shall indemnify and hold harmless AIFD, its ultimate
               parent  corporation,  the  subsidiaries  of such  parent  and the
               directors,  officers,  and other  employees and agents of each of
               them from and  against any and all  claims,  units,  proceedings,
               liabilities,  losses,  damages,  costs, and expenses  whatsoever,
               including   reasonable   attorney's  fees,  arising  from  or  in
               connection  with  any  claim,  complaint,   action,   proceeding,
               counterclaim or offset relating to (1) any act or omission or any
               negligence  or  intentional   misconduct  by   DISTRIBUTOR,   any
               affiliated broker-dealer, their directors, officers, employees or
               assigns in connection  with this  Agreement or (2) the failure of
               DISTRIBUTOR to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

          2.   AIFD shall indemnify and hold harmless DISTRIBUTOR,  its ultimate
               parent  corporation,  the  subsidiaries  of such  parent  and the
               directors,  officers, and other employees and agents of each them
               from  and  against  any  and  all  claims,  suits,   proceedings,
               liabilities,  losses,  costs, and expenses whatsoever,  including
               reasonable  attorney's  fees,  arising from or in connection with
               any claim, complaint, action, proceeding,  counterclaim or offset
               relating  to (1)  any  act or  omisssion  or  any  negligence  or
               intentional  misconduct  by AIFD,  its  employees  or  assigns in
               connection  with this  Agreement  or (2) the  failure  of AIFD to
               comply with the terms of this Agreement.

          3.   With  respect  to any  demand or  proceeding  involving  a matter
               against  which one party  ("Indemnitee")  is  indemnified  by the
               other party  ("Indemnitor")  under this Section F, the Indemnitor
               shall be solely responsible,  at is sole expense, for litigating,
               defending,  or  otherwise  attempting  to resolve  such demand or
               proceeding,  and the  Indemnitee  shall fully  cooperate with the
               Indemnitor  in its  efforts to  litigate,  defend,  or  otherwise
               attempt  to  resolve  such  demand  or  proceeding,  and,  at the
               Indemnitee's own expense,  the Indemnitee shall have the right to
               participate therein through counsel of its own choice.

               Within 15 days after the Indemnitee  receives  written  documents
          pertaining to the demand or proceeding  underlying any indemnification
          matter,  or within  such  shorter  period of time as may be  necessary
          under the circumstances to avoid prejudice to the Indemnitors  rights,
          the  Indemnitee  shall give  proper  notice to the  Indemnitor  of the
          nature of such matter and shall  deliver to the  Indemnitor  copies of
          all such written documents.

          4.   Except as specifically provided in this Agreement,  neither party
               nor  any  affiliated  company  of  either  party  will  have  the
               responsibility to pay or reimburse the other party for any fines,
               penalties, or legal or other expenses incurred in connection with
               or as a result of their performance under this Agreement.

          5.   The provision of this Section F shall survive termination of this
               Agreement.

G.   TERM OF AGREEMENT

         1.    Effective Date

               This  Agreement  shall be  effective  on the date  first  written
               above.

         2.    Termination

               This Agreement may be terminated:

               (a)  at any time  without  cause  upon  sixty  (60) days  written
                    notice by either party to the other;

               (b)  immediately by either party

                    (i)  upon the dissolution of the other party or in the event
                         that the other  party  shall  become  unable to pay its
                         debts as they mature or shall file a voluntary petition
                         in  bankruptcy  or seek  reorganization  or to effect a
                         plan or other arrangement with creditors, or shall file
                         an answer  admitting the  jurisdiction of the court and
                         the material  allegations of any  involuntary  petition
                         filed  pursuant to any Act of Congress  relating to the
                         bankruptcy or shall make a general  assignment  for the
                         benefit of  creditors,  or shall apply for a consent to
                         the appointment of any receiver or trustee for all or a
                         substantial part of the property of the other party and
                         such  receivers or trustee shall be appointed and shall
                         not be discharged within 60 days after the date of such
                         appointment;

                    (ii) if  any  federal,   state  or  local   governmental  or
                         regulatory body institutes  formal adverse  proceedings
                         against the other party,  provided that  DISTRIBUTOR or
                         AIFD  in  its  sole  discretion  determines  that  such
                         proceedings shall have a material adverse impact on the
                         other party's  ability to perform under this Agreement;
                         or

                    (iii)upon  the  other   party's   breach  of  any   material
                         obligations arising under the terms of this Agreement.

          3.   At the  option  of AIFD,  in the  event  this  Agreement  between
               DISTRIBUTOR and AIFD is terminated for any reason, AIFD may elect
               to keep in full force and effect any  General  Agency  Agreements
               with AIFD previously  executed in accordance with this Agreement.
               Once this  Agreement has  terminated,  no  compensation  shall be
               payable to DISTRIBUTOR  for Variable  Insurance  Products sold by
               General Agent's recommended by DISTRIBUTOR and contracted as such
               by AIFD, unless a policyholder's coverage under such Products has
               become effective prior to the termination date.

          2.   In the event this  Agreement  is  terminated,  the  parties  will
               undertake whatever actions may be necessary to protect AIFD's and
               Companies'   responsibility   to  policyholders  as  required  by
               applicable  state  or  federal  law  or  regulation.  While  this
               Agreement is in effect and following its termination, DISTRIBUTOR
               will not take any action,  directly or indirectly,  to cause such
               policyholders  to  surrender,  exchange or terminate any Variable
               Insurance  Product sold  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement
               unless otherwise agreed to by AIFD or Companies.

E.    GENERAL

          1.   Modification or Amendment

               This  Agreement can only be modified by a written  agreement duly
          signed by the persons  authorized to sign  agreements on behalf of the
          parties.  Variance from the terms or  conditions of this  Agreement or
          any order or other written notification will be of no effect.

          2.   Relationship  

               Each of the parties will act as an independent  contractor  under
          the  terms  of  this   Agreement   and  other  than  where  an  agency
          relationship  has been  established  for  insurance  agency  purposes,
          neither is now, or in the future,  an agent or a legal  representative
          of the other for any purpose. Neither party has any right or authority
          to supervise or control the activities of the other party's  employees
          in connection  with the  performance of this Agreement or to assign or
          create any application of any kind,  express or implied,  on behalf of
          the other  party or to bind it in any way,  to accept  any  service of
          process upon it or to receive any notice of any nature  whatsoever  on
          its behalf.

          3.   Records and Written Material

               AIFD and  DISTRIBUTOR  shall cause to be maintained and preserved
          for the periods  prescribed  such accounts,  books and other documents
          relative to the Variable  Insurance  Products as are required of it by
          any applicable laws and regulations.  AIFD and DISTRIBUTOR shall cause
          the other party or any  affiliated  company to be furnished  with such
          reports as the other may reasonably request.

               DISTRIBUTOR   and  AIFD  shall  each  maintain   facilities   and
          procedures for the safekeeping of all books, accounts,  records, filed
          and other materials relative to this Agreement.  Such books, accounts,
          records, files and other materials shall remain confidential and shall
          not be  voluntarily  disclosed  to any other  person or entity  unless
          DISTRIBUTOR,  AIFD or the Companies  respectively shall have agreed in
          advance to such disclosures.

               All  records,  applications,  literature,  and  printed  material
          supplied by AIFD,  will remain the exclusive  property of AIFD subject
          to the  direction  and  control  of  AIFD.  Upon  termination  of this
          Agreement,  all such  property in  DISTRIBUTOR'S  or  Representative's
          possession  will, at AIFD's  request,  be promptly  either returned to
          AIFD at AIFD's expense or be destroyed. The provisions of this section
          H.3. shall survive termination of this Agreement.

          4.   Audit

               (a)  Upon  reasonable  notice to  DISTRIBUTOR  and at  reasonable
                    times,   DISTRIBUTOR   hereby   grants   to  AIFD   and  its
                    representatives the right and power to inspect,  check, make
                    extracts  from,  or audit each of their books and records as
                    it relates to this  Agreement  for the purpose of  verifying
                    adherence  to each  of the  provisions  of  this  Agreement,
                    provided that such inspection,  check,  examination or audit
                    will not  unreasonably  interfere  with the normal course of
                    business of DISTRIBUTOR.

               (b)  Upon reasonable notice to AIFD and at reasonable times, AIFD
                    hereby grants to  DISTRIBUTOR  and its  representatives  the
                    right and power to inspect,  check,  make extracts from, and
                    audit each of their  books and records as it related to this
                    Agreement for the purpose of verifying  adherence to each of
                    the  provisions  of  this  Agreement,   provided  that  such
                    inspection,   check,   examination,   or   audit   will  not
                    unreasonably interfere with the normal course of business of
                    AIFD.

          5.   Separablity

               If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to
          be invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable,  the validity,  legality,  and
          enforceability  of the  remaining  provisions  shall not in any way be
          affected or impaired thereby.

          6.   Assignment

               This  Agreement  and the rights,  duties and  obligations  of the
          parties  hereto shall not be assignable by either party hereto without
          the prior consent of the other, and any purported  assignment shall be
          void,  except  that AIFD may assign  any of its rights or  obligations
          under this  Agreement to its parent  corporation  or to an  affiliated
          company without being released thereby.

          7.   Waiver

               No  waiver  by either  party of any  default  by the other in the
          performance of any promise,  term or condition of this Agreement shall
          be construed  to be a waiver by such party of any other or  subsequent
          default in performance of the same or any other or subsequent  default
          in performance  of the same or any other  covenant,  promise,  term or
          condition  hereof.  No prior  transactions  or  dealings  between  the
          parties  shall be deemed to establish  any custom or usage  waiving or
          modifying any provision hereof.

          8.   Acts Beyond The Control Of the Parties

               No liability shall result to either party, nor shall either party
          be  deemed  to be in  default  hereunder,  as a result of delay in its
          performance   or  from  its   nonperformance   hereunder   caused   by
          circumstances beyond its control, including but not limited to: act of
          God, act of war, riot, epidemic, fire, flood or other disaster, or act
          of  government.  Nevertheless,  the  party  shall  be  required  to be
          diligent in attempting to remove such cause or causes.

          9.   Governing Law

               This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance
          with the laws of the State of New York.

          10.  Captions

               Captions  contained in this Agreement are for reference  purposes
          only and do not constitute part of this Agreement.

          11.  Notice

               All notices which are required to be given or submitted  pursuant
          to this  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when
          deposited  with the United States  Postal  Service,  postage  prepaid,
          registered or certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  to the last
          address of record of each party being  notified which is maintained by
          the other party in the ordinary course of business.

          12.  Notification of Claims

               Each party hereto shall  promptly  notify the other in writing of
          any claims,  demands or actions having any bearing on this  Agreement.
          In the event  such  claim,  demand or  action  is time  sensitive  and
          affects  a party  to this  Agreement,  notice  shall  be  given to the
          affected party by either a nationally  recognized overnight courier or
          by facsimile transmission.

          13.  Name, Logo, Trademark, Service Mark or Symbol

               Neither  AIFD nor  DISTRIBUTOR  will use the other's name nor any
          other name, logo, trademark, service mark or symbol that is now or may
          hereafter  be owned by the other  party,  a parent or an  affiliate or
          subsidiary  thereof,  except in the manner and to the extent  that the
          other party may specifically authorize in writing. Upon termination of
          this  Agreement,  each party will  immediately  discontinue the use of
          such name, logo,  trademark,  service mark, or symbol belonging to the
          other party, parent,  affiliate or subsidiary thereof. 

          14.  Performance in Accordance With Law

               Each  party  agrees  to  perform  its  obligations  hereunder  in
          accordance  with all applicable  laws,  rules and  regulations  now or
          hereafter in effect.

          15.  Binding Agreement

               This Agreement shall be binding upon and insure to the benefit of
          the parties hereto, their successors and permitted assigns.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this  Agreement at New
          York on June 11, 1991.

                                  AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL FUND DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

                                  By:/s/Kenneth F. Judkowitz
                                  Kenneth F. Judkowitz, Vice  President

                                  Name and Title

                                  ALLIANCE FUND DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

                                  By:  /s/   Robert L. Errico
                                  Robert L. Errico, President
                                  Name and Title

                                  Countersigned by:

                                  AIG LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                  AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE
                                    COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                                  By: /s/Raymond T. Chen
                                  Raymond T. Chen, Vice President
                                  Name and Title



<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit A

                           Variable Insurance Products

          AIG  Life  Insurance   Company  Variable  Annuity  Contract  Form  No.
          45648-4/87  and its  state  variations  funded  by  Alliance  Variable
          Products Series Fund, Inc.

          American  International  Life  Assurance  Company of New York Variable
          Annuity Contract Form No.  45649-4/87 and its state variations  funded
          by Alliance Variable Products Series Fund, Inc.

          AIG Life Insurance  Company  Variable Life  Insurance  Policy Form No.
          45652-4/87  and its  state  variations  funded  by  Alliance  Variable
          Products Series Fund, Inc.

          American  International  Life  Assurance  Company of New York Variable
          Life Insurance  Policy Form No.  45653-4/87  and its state  variations
          funded by Alliance Variable Product Series Fund, Inc.



<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit B

                                  Compensation

     Amount of  Compensation:  1.5% of premium accepted by Companies on Variable
Insurance  Products sold on a single premium basis by General Agents recommended
by DISTRIBUTOR and contracted as such by AIFD.


                                  EXHIBIT 3(e)

          Buy Sell  Agreement  between  American  International  Life  Assurance
          Company of New York and  Alliance  Variable  Products  Series Fund and
          Alliance Capital Management, L.P., dated June 11, 1991

<PAGE>
                               BUY-SELL AGREEMENT

     This AGREEMENT is made this 11th day of June, 1991 by and between  American
International Life Assurance Company of New York (the "Insurance  Company"),  on
its own behalf and on behalf of  Variable  Account A (the  "Variable  Account"),
Alliance  Variable  Products  Series  Fund (the  "Fund")  and  Alliance  Capital
Management, L.P., ("Adviser").

     WHEREAS,  the Variable  Account is  registered as a unit  investment  trust
under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 ("1940 Act") and it is intended  that
certain variable annuity contracts ("Contracts") shall be funded by the Variable
Account; and

     WHEREAS,  the Fund is  registered  as an  open-end  diversified  management
investment  company  under the 1940 Act and is currently  authorized  to issue 9
separate  series of shares and to create  additional  series  ("Portfolios")  of
shares in the future; and

     WHEREAS,  Adviser is the Fund's investment manager pursuant to the terms of
an  agreement   between  Adviser  and  the  Fund,   dated  September  27,  1990,
("Management Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that the Fund
will serve as the sole funding vehicle for certain  sub-accounts of the Variable
Account under the Contracts;

     NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing and of the premises and
the mutual  covenants,  conditions and agreements  contained herein and for such
other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby  acknowledged,  the parties  each  intending  to be legally  bound hereby
mutually agree as follows:

     1.   Fund Shares.  The Insurance  Company  agrees that the Fund will be the
          sole funding vehicle for certain sub-accounts of the Variable Account.
          The Fund  agrees  that it will sell  shares of each  Portfolio  of the
          Fund, redeem Fund shares and exchange such shares of any Portfolio for
          shares of any other  Portfolio,  all in such  amount as the  Insurance
          Company  may from time to time  direct and upon the terms set forth in
          the Registration  Statement of the Fund ("Registration  Statement") as
          declared  effective by the Securities and Exchange  Commission ("SEC")
          and as it may be from time to time  amended.  The Fund further  agrees
          that on each day on which  the net  asset  value of the  shares of any
          Portfolio  of the Fund is  required to be  calculated  pursuant to the
          requirements  of the 1940 Act,  the Fund shall  provide the  Insurance
          Company  with the net asset  value of such  Portfolio(s)  by 5:00 p.m.
          (New York time). The Fund will also provide the Insurance Company with
          daily  reports of interest  and dividend  income and realized  capital
          gains and losses for each Portfolio.  This  information  shall also be
          provided  by 5:00 p.m.  (New York  time) on each day on which such net
          asset value is calculated.  The Fund reserves the right to discontinue
          sales of shares of any  Portfolio of the Fund,  subject to the written
          consent  of  the  Insurance  Company,   which  consent  shall  not  be
          unreasonably  withheld.  

     2.   Representations  and Warranties of the Fund and Adviser.  The Fund and
          Adviser and each of them hereby  represent  and warrant  that:  

          A.   The Fund is a corporation  duly  organized  and validly  existing
               pursuant to the laws of the State of Maryland;

          B.   The Fund is duly registered as on open-end diversified management
               investment company under the provisions of the 1940 Act and is in
               compliance with the provisions thereof;

          C.   The Fund has the  requisite  corporate  authority  to execute the
               delivery of this  Agreement and has taken all steps  necessary to
               authorize  the  execution,   delivery  and  performance  of  this
               Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder;

          D.   This  Agreement,  when executed by or on behalf of the Fund, will
               constitute  the  valid  and  binding  obligation  of the Fund and
               Adviser, enforceable against each in accordance with its terms;

          E.   Fund  shares  to be sold  pursuant  to this  Agreement  have been
               registered  under the 1933 Act, are duly  authorized and will be,
               upon issuance, legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable;

          F.   The Fund will sell its shares in compliance  with all  applicable
               federal and state laws;

          G.   A Registration Statement, including a prospectus and statement of
               additional  information,  relating to the Fund and its shares has
               been  prepared  and  filed  with  the  SEC  in  accordance   with
               applicable  provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act")
               and the 1940 Act and has become effective; and

          H.   The  Registration  Statement,  as currently  in effect,  does not
               include any untrue  statement of a material fact of omit to state
               any material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to
               make the statements therein not misleading. 

     3.   Undertakings. The Fund and Advisor and each of them hereby state that:
          

          A.   Each of them will use its best  efforts  to ensure  that the Fund
               remains registered  pursuant to the terms of the 1933 Act and the
               1940 Act and that the Registration  Statement will conform in all
               respects to the  requirements  of the 1933 Act,  the 1940 Act and
               the rules and regulations of the SEC and that at no time will the
               Registration  Statement include an untrue statement of a material
               fact or omit to state any  material  fact  required  to be stated
               therein  or  necessary  to  make  the   statements   therein  not
               misleading;

          B.   The Fund will,  upon  request,  promptly  furnish  the  Insurance
               Company with copies of the Fund's Registration  Statement and all
               amendments and exhibits  thereto and periodic  reports filed with
               the SEC under the 1940 Act;

          C.   The Fund will  inform  the  Insurance  Company  in advance of all
               regular and special  meetings  of the Fund's  Board of  Directors
               (the  "Board").  The  Insurance  Company  may be  present at such
               meetings  with  permission  of the  Board  and,  upon  reasonable
               notice,  make a presentation  to the Board.  Permission to attend
               meetings  or  make  a  presentation  shall  not  be  unreasonably
               withheld;

          D.   The Fund  will  promptly  advise  the  Insurance  Company  of any
               proposed  amendment or supplement to the  Registration  Statement
               and  shall  provide  the  Insurance  Company  with a copy of such
               proposed amendment or supplement in advance of the filing of such
               amendment or supplement  with the SEC to permit its review unless
               legal  or   regulatory   requirements   would  make  such  review
               impracticable;

          E.   The Fund will comply with the  provisions of Sub-chapter M of the
               Internal Revenue Code of 1986 ("Code");

          F.   The Fund will comply with the provisions of Section 817(h) of the
               Code and any regulations thereunder,  concerning  diversification
               of the assets of the  Portfolios  of the Fund,  provided that the
               Insurance Company will promptly advise the Fund of any changes in
               such provisions after the date of the Agreement;

          G.   The  Fund  will  comply  with  applicable  state  law  concerning
               permissible investments for separate accounts,  provided that the
               Insurance  Company  will  notify the Fund of any  changes in such
               laws when the Insurance Company has been aware of such changes in
               connection  with the Contracts  after the date of this Agreement;
               and

          H.   The Fund will not adopt any plan under Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act
               to finance distribution expenses unless such plan is presented to
               and approved by the Board, a majority of the members of which are
               not "interested persons"  ("Disinterested  Board Members") of the
               Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

     4.   Representations and Warranties of the Insurance Company. The Insurance
          Company  represents  and warrants  that: 

          A.   It is a corporation duly organized and validly existing  pursuant
               to the laws of the  State  of New  York  and is in good  standing
               under  the law in all  jurisdictions  in  which it  conducts  its
               business;

          B.   It has legally and validly established the Variable Account;

          C.   The Variable  Account is  registered as a unit  investment  trust
               under the 1940 Act;

          D.   It has the requisite  corporate and legal  authority to issue the
               Contracts to be funded by the Variable Account.

          E.   It has the requisite  corporate  authority to execute and deliver
               this Agreement and has taken all steps necessary to authorize the
               execution,  delivery and  performance  of this  Agreement and the
               transactions contemplated hereunder;

          F.   This  Agreement,  when  executed by or on behalf of the Insurance
               Company,  will constitute the valid and binding obligation of the
               Insurance Company,  enforceable against it in accordance with its
               terms;

          G.   A Registration Statement, including a prospectus and statement of
               additional  information,  relating  to  the  Contracts  has  been
               prepared  and filed with the SEC in  accordance  with  applicable
               provisions  of the  1933  Act and  the  1940  Act and has  become
               effective;

          H.   The Registration Statement as it became effective did not include
               any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact of omit to state any
               material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
               the statements  therein not  misleading;  

     5.   Undertakings of the Insurance  Company.  The Insurance  Company states
          that:

          A.   It will comply with  applicable  law,  including  state insurance
               law, in connection with its obligations hereunder;

          B.   It will provide to purchasers of the Contracts ("Contract Owner")
               voting privileges with respect to Fund shares attributable to the
               variable annuity contracts of such Contract Owners.  Pass-through
               voting privileges will be calculated with reference to the number
               of shares of the Fund  attributable to a particular  contract and
               in a manner  consistent  with the  rights of other  participating
               insurance  companies.  The  Insurance  Company  will vote its own
               shares and shares for which no instructions have been received in
               the same proportion as  instructions  received for each Portfolio
               within the Variable Account;

          C.   It will use its best  efforts  to  ensure  that the  Registration
               Statement will conform in all respects to the requirements of the
               1933 Act and the rules and  regulations of the SEC and that at no
               time will the Registration  Statement include an untrue statement
               of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to
               be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
               misleading;

          D.   It will, upon request, promptly furnish the Fund and Adviser with
               copies of the  Registration  Statement  for the  Contract and all
               amendments and exhibits  thereto and periodic  reports filed with
               the SEC under the 1940 Act; and

          E.   It will not (i) give any information or make any  representations
               concerning the Fund or Adviser,  its shares or operations  except
               those  contained  in  the  most  recent  Registration   Statement
               relating to the Fund and any supplements  thereto or (ii) use any
               sales  literature  or  advertising  which  mentions  the  Fund or
               Adviser (including  brochures,  letters,  illustrations and other
               similar  materials,  whether  transmitted  directly to  potential
               applicants or published in print or audio-visual  media),  except
               in either case as the Fund or Adviser may authorize in writing in
               advance.

     6.   Fees and  Expenses.  The Fund or  Adviser  shall  bear the cost of (a)
          registration and  qualification of the Fund's shares;  (b) preparation
          and filing of the Fund's prospectus and registration statement,  proxy
          materials and reports;  (c)  preparation  of all other  statements and
          notices relating to the Fund, as required by any federal or state law;
          (d) all applicable fees,  including without  limitation,  all fees due
          under Rule 24f-2 under the 1940 Act relating to the Fund; all taxes on
          the  issuance  or  transfer  of  Fund's  shares;  and (e) all costs of
          printing and  distributing  all copies of  prospectuses,  Statement of
          Additional Information, proxy materials, and fund financial reports as
          required by applicable state and federal law. 

     7.   Indemnification.  

          A.   The  Fund and  Adviser  will  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  the
               Insurance  Company and each of its directors and officers and the
               Variable  Account  against any and all losses,  claims,  damages,
               liabilities  or  expenses  (including,  without  limitation,  any
               expenses   reasonably  incurred  in  investigating  or  defending
               against any litigation commenced or threatened,  or any claim) to
               which the  Insurance  Company or the Variable  Account may become
               subject arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue  statement or
               alleged  untrue  statement of any material fact  contained in the
               Registration Statement or prospectus relating to the Fund and its
               shares  or any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  or (ii)  the
               omission  or alleged  omission to state  therein a material  fact
               required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
               therein not misleading;  provided,  however, neither the Fund nor
               Adviser shall be liable in any such case under (i) and (ii) above
               to the extent that any such loss,  claim,  damage,  liability  or
               expense  arises  out of or is based upon an untrue  statement  or
               alleged untrue  statement or omission or alleged omission made in
               good  faith  reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  information
               furnished  by  the  Insurance  Company  or the  Variable  Account
               specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

          B.   The Insurance  Company will  indemnify and hold harmless the Fund
               and Adviser and each of its  officers and  directors  against any
               and  all  losses,  claims,  damages,   liabilities,  or  expenses
               (including without  limitation,  any expenses reasonably incurred
               in investigating or defending against any litigation commenced or
               threatened,  or any  claim) to which the Fund or  Adviser  become
               subject  arising out of or based upon (i) the Variable  Account's
               use of the Fund as its sole funding vehicle;  provided,  however,
               the Insurance  Company shall not be liable to the extent that any
               such loss, claim,  damage,  liability or expense arises out of or
               is based upon the Fund's  failure to comply  with the  investment
               policies  and   restrictions   set  forth  in  its   Registration
               Statement,  or  (ii)  any  untrue  statement  or  alleged  untrue
               statement  of a  material  fact  contained  in  the  Registration
               Statement  for the  Contracts,  or (iii) the  omission or alleged
               omission in such Registration  Statement to state a material fact
               required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
               therein not misleading in light of the circumstances  under which
               they were made.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Insurance
               Company  will  not  be  liable  under  Subsections  7(B)(ii)  and
               7(B)(iii) hereof to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage,
               liability  or  expense  arises  out of or is based upon an untrue
               statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission or alleged
               omission made in good faith reliance upon and in conformity  with
               information furnished by the Fund or Adviser specifically for use
               in the  preparation  thereof.  

          C.   Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section
               7 of notice of the  commencement of any action,  such indemnified
               party will,  if a claim in respect  thereof is to be made against
               the   indemnifying   party  under  this  Section  7,  notify  the
               indemnifying party of the commencement  thereof; but the omission
               so to notify  the  indemnifying  party  will not  relieve it from
               liability  which it may have to any  indemnified  party otherwise
               than  under this  Section  7. In case any such  action is brought
               against any indemnified  party,  and it notifies the indemnifying
               party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be
               entitled to  participate  therein  and, to the extent that it may
               wish, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to
               such  indemnified  party,  and after notice from the indemnifying
               party to such  indemnified  party of this  election to assume the
               defense  thereof,  the  indemnifying  party will not be liable to
               such  indemnified  party  under this  paragraph  for any legal or
               other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in
               connection with the defense  thereof other than reasonable  costs
               of investigation.

          D.   Except as specifically provided in this Agreement,  in particular
               this Section 7, the Insurance Company,  the Fund and Adviser will
               have no responsibility to pay or reimburse another person for any
               fines,   penalties  or  legal  or  other  expenses   incurred  in
               connection  with or as a  result  of their  performance  of their
               responsibilities under this Agreement.
               
     8.   Potential Conflicts.

          A.   The Insurance  Company has reviewed a copy of an application  for
               exemptive relief,  as amended,  filed by the Fund on September 4,
               1990  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  and,  in
               particular,  has reviewed the conditions to the requested  relief
               set  forth  therein.  As  set  forth  in  such  application,  the
               Insurance  Company  agrees to report any  potential  or  existing
               conflicts  promptly  to the  Board,  and in  particular  whenever
               Contract  Owner  voting   instructions   are   disregarded,   and
               recognizes that it will be responsible for assisting the Board in
               carrying  out is  responsibilities  under such  application.  The
               Insurance Company agrees to carry out such  responsibilities with
               a view to the  interests  of existing  Contract  Owners.  

          B.   If a majority of the Board, or a majority of Disinterested  Board
               Members, determine that a material irreconcilable conflict exists
               with regard to Contract Owner  investments in the Fund, the Board
               shall  give  prompt  notice to  Insurance  Company  and all other
               participating  insurance companies.  If the Board determines that
               the Insurance Company is responsible for causing or creating said
               conflict,  the  Insurance  Company  shall  at its  sole  cost and
               expense, and to the extent reasonably  practicable (as determined
               by a majority  of the  Disinterested  Board  Members),  take such
               action as is necessary to remedy or eliminate the  irreconcilable
               material conflict.  Such necessary action may include,  but shall
               not be limited to: (i)  withdrawing  the assets  allocable to the
               Variable  Account from the Fund and reinvesting  such assets in a
               different  investment  medium including  another Portfolio of the
               Fund,  or  submitting  the question of whether  such  segregation
               should be implemented to a vote of all affected  Contract Owners;
               and/or (ii) establishing a new registered  management  investment
               company. 

          C.   If a  material  irreconcilable  conflict  arises as a result of a
               decision by the  Insurance  Company to disregard  Contract  Owner
               voting  instructions  and said  decision  represents  a  minority
               position or would preclude a majority vote by all Contract Owners
               having an  interest  in the Fund,  the  Insurance  Company may be
               required,  at the  Board's  election,  to withdraw  the  Variable
               Account's  investment  in the Fund.  The  responsibility  to take
               remedial  action  in the  event  of a  Board  determination  of a
               material  irreconcilable  conflict  and to bear  the cost of such
               remedial  action  will be  carried  out  with a view  only to the
               interests of the contract owners.

          D.   For the purpose of this Section,  a majority of the Disinterested
               Board Members shall determine  whether or not any proposed action
               adequately remedies any irreconcilable  material conflict, but in
               no event  will  the  Fund be  required  to bear  the  expense  of
               establishing a new funding medium for any Contract. The Insurance
               Company  shall not be required by this section to establish a new
               funding  medium  for any  Contract  if an offer to do so has been
               declined by vote of majority of the  Contract  Owners  materially
               adversely affected by the irreconcilable material conflict.

          E.   The  Insurance  Company and the Adviser will report any potential
               or existing  conflicts to the Board of  Directors.  The Insurance
               Company and Adviser will  provide the Board with all  information
               reasonably necessary for the Board to consider any issue raised.

     9.   Term of Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall  continue in full force and
          effect  from  the  effective  date  of  this  Agreement,   subject  to
          termination  at will by any party hereto upon 6 months  prior  written
          notice to the other party  unless  terminated  upon less than 6 months
          notice  for  such  reasons  as set  forth in  Section  10  below.  

     10.  Termination.  This Agreement  shall terminate  immediately:  

          A.   At the  option  of the  Insurance  Company  upon a final  adverse
               decision in formal proceedings against the Fund or Advisor by the
               National  Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. ("NASD"),  the
               SEC, any state  securities  or insurance  department or any other
               regulatory body,  provided such decision has a material impact on
               the ability of any of the  parties to  continue to perform  their
               respective  duties under this Agreement;  

          B.   At the option of the Fund upon a final adverse decision in formal
               proceedings  against the Insurance Company or an affiliate by the
               NASD,  the SEC, any state  securities or insurance  department or
               any other regulatory body,  provided such decision has a material
               impact  on the  ability  of any of the  parties  to  continue  to
               perform their  respective  duties under this  Agreement;  

          C.   With respect to a particular sub-account of the Variable Account,
               upon  the  issuance  of an  exemptive  order  under  the 1940 Act
               necessary  to permit  the  substitution  of the shares of another
               investment company for the corresponding  Portfolio shares of the
               Fund,  which serves as the funding vehicle for such  sub-account,
               provided that the Insurance  Company shall notify the fund at the
               time such  exemptive  order is requested.  This  Agreement may be
               terminated  immediately  at  the  option  of  the  Fund  if  such
               substitution is made and the investment  manager is a party other
               than (i) Adviser or (ii) an affiliate of Insurance  Company.  The
               Insurance  Company will provide the Fund a copy of the  exemptive
               application  seeking such an order no later than 5 days after the
               application to permit  substitution  is filed with the SEC; or

          D.   If such action is requested by law or by  regulatory  authorities
               having  jurisdiction  or is,  in the  discretion  of the Board of
               Directors  acting in good  faith and in light of their  fiduciary
               duties under applicable federal and state laws,  necessary in the
               best interests of the shareholders of the Fund.

     11.  Effect of Termination of Buy-Sell Agreement.

          A.   Notwithstanding  any  termination  of this  Agreement,  the  Fund
               shall, at the option of the Insurance  Company,  continue to make
               available additional shares of the Fund pursuant to the terms and
               conditions  of this  Agreement for all Contracts in effect on the
               effective  date of  termination  of this  Agreement  (hereinafter
               referred to as "Existing Contracts"), provided that the Insurance
               Company  shall  obtain a  complete  substitution  order  within a
               reasonable time. Specifically,  without limitation, the owners of
               the  Existing   Contracts   shall  be  permitted  to   reallocate
               investments  in the Fund,  redeem  investments in the Fund and/or
               invest in the Fund upon the  making  of any  additional  purchase
               payments permitted under the Existing Contracts.

          B.   Notwithstanding  termination of this Agreement, and regardless of
               the cause or  reason  for such  termination,  the  provisions  of
               Section 7  (Indemnification)  shall  survive and be binding  upon
               Adviser  or the  Insurance  Company  for a  period  of ten  years
               following such  termination and upon the Fund for a period of ten
               years  following  such  termination or its  deregistration  as an
               investment company under the 1940 Act, whichever comes first.

     12.  Effect of  Termination  of  Management  Agreement.  In the event  that
          Adviser  shall cease to serve as the Fund's  investment  manager,  the
          obligations of Adviser  hereunder shall terminate,  provided only that
          any  liability  for action  taken by Adviser  in  accordance  with its
          obligations  hereunder  during  the  period  that  Adviser  served  as
          investment manager, shall survive such termination.

     13.  Assignment.  This Agreement and the rights,  duties and obligations of
          the parties hereto shall not be assignable by either party except that
          the  Insurance  Company  may assign  any of its rights or  obligations
          under this  Agreement to its parent  corporation  or to an  affiliated
          company. 

     14.  Name, Logo, Trademark,  Service Mark or Symbol.  Neither the Insurance
          company,  the Fund nor Adviser will use the other's name nor any other
          name,  logo,  trademark,  service  mark nor symbol  that is now or may
          hereafter  by owned by the other  party,  a parent or an  affiliate or
          subsidiary  thereof,  except in the manner and to the extent  that the
          other party may specifically authorize in writing. Upon termination of
          this  Agreement,  each party will  immediately  discontinue the use of
          such name, logo,  trademark,  service mark, or symbol belonging to the
          other  party,   parent,   affiliate   or   subsidiary   thereof.  

     15.  Miscellaneous.  The terms and  conditions of this  Agreement  shall be
          interpreted  and  construed in accordance  with the  provisions of the
          federal  securities laws and rules and regulations  thereunder and the
          laws of the State of New York. The Fund shall  immediately  notify the
          Insurance  Company of the issuance by any regulatory  body of any stop
          order  with  respect  to  the  Fund's  Registration  Statement  or the
          initiation of any  proceeding  relating to the offer or sale of shares
          of the Fund in any state or jurisdiction.  The Insurance Company shall
          immediately  notify  the  Fund  and  Adviser  of the  issuance  by any
          regulatory  body of any stop  order with  respect to the  Registration
          Statement  for  the  Contracts  or the  initiation  of any  proceeding
          relating  to the  offer  or  sale of the  Contracts  in any  state  or
          jurisdiction.  The Insurance Company,  the Fund and Adviser agree that
          they shall submit to all regulatory and  administrative  bodies having
          jurisdiction  over the Fund,  the  Variable  Account,  Adviser and the
          Insurance Company or their agents, present or future, any information,
          reports  or other  material  which  any such  body by  reason  of this
          Agreement  may  legally   require   pursuant  to  applicable  laws  or
          regulations. 

     16.  Severability.  If any  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be held or
          made invalid by a court  decision,  statute,  rule or  otherwise,  the
          remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

     17.  Notices.  Any notice  required under this Agreement shall be deemed to
          have been given to the Insurance  Company and the Variable  Account if
          mailed to One Alico  Plaza,  Wilmington,  Delaware  19899,  Attention:
          General Counsel, and notice is deemed given to the Fund and Adviser if
          mailed to Alliance Capital Management Corporation,  1345 Avenue of the
          Americas, New York, New York 10105,  Attention:  General Counsel or at
          such other address furnished to the other party pursuant hereto.

     18.  Headings.   The  descriptive   headings  of  this  Agreement  are  for
          convenience  only and  shall not  control  or affect  the  meaning  or
          construction of any provision of this Agreement.

     19.  Waivers. The waiver by any party of a breach by any other party of any
          of the provisions of this Agreement  shall not operate or be deemed as
          a waiver or any other provision of this Agreement or of any subsequent
          breach thereof by any party.

     20.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
          counterparts  and by the different  parties hereto each of which shall
          be deemed to be an original  and all of which,  when so  executed  and
          delivered by the parties,  taken together shall constitute one and the
          same instrument.  

     21.  Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes  the entire  agreement
          between the parties hereto and may not be modified except in a written
          instrument executed by all parties hereto.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
duly executed as of the day and year first above written.


Date: June 11,1991
Attest:                                    American International Life Assurance
                                           Company of New York,

______________________________             on its own behalf and on behalf
                                           of Variable Account A
                                                  /s/ Raymond T. Chen
                                           By: ____________________________
                                                  Raymond T. Chen
                                                  Vice President
                                           Its:____________________________


Attest:                                    Alliance Variable Products
/s/ George O. Martinez
_____________________________              Series Fund, Inc.
                                                  /s/ David H. Dievler
                                           By: ____________________________
                                                  David H. Dievler
                                                  Chairman and President
                                           Its: ____________________________


Attest:                                    Alliance Capital Management, L.P.
/s/ George O. Martinez                            /s/ John D. Carifa
_____________________________               By:_____________________________
                                                  John D. Carifa
                                                  Executive Vice President
                                            Its:____________________________




                                  EXHIBIT 4(a)


          Form of Individual  Variable  Annuity Single  Purchase  Payment Policy
          (45649 - 4/87)

<PAGE>
American International Life Assurance
Company of New York
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10270
A capital stock company

 This is an Individual Variable Annuity Policy.

 If this  contract is in force,  we will make annuity  payments to the Annuitant
 starting on the Annuity  Date,  or, if the  Annuitant  (or Contract  Owner,  as
 applicable)  dies before the Annuity  Date,  we will pay a death benefit to the
 Beneficiary. We will make such payment subject to the terms of this contract.

Right to Examine The Policy - Free Look  Period.  You may return  this  contract
within 10 days after you receive it by  delivering  or mailing it to our Office.
The return of this  contract  by mail will be  effective  when the  postmark  is
affixed to a properly addressed and postage prepaid envelope. We will refund the
Purchase Payment less any partial withdrawals.

This document is a legal contract between you and us.
 READ THIS CONTRACT CAREFULLY

Signed for the Company


s/Maureen P. Tully                                   /s/A.

Secretary                                            President




                           Individual Variable Annuity
                                 Single Payment
                            Deferred Income Payments
                         Nonparticipating - No Dividends

Annuity  payments  will not  decrease  as long as the  investment  return of the
separate  account assets equals or exceeds 6.25% on an annual basis.  (Exclusive
of the administrative  charge described on the contract  specifications  page of
this contract.)

Annuity  payments and other values provided by this contract,  when based on the
investment experience of a separate account, are variable and are not guaranteed
as to dollar amount. This is explained further on page 7.



<PAGE>
<TABLE>


                                                     Table of Contents

<S>                                         <C>      <S>                                                           <C>
Contract Specifications                     3        The Variable Account                                          6
                                                              General                                              6
Introduction                                4                 Investments in the Variable Account                  6
                                                              Valuation of Assets                                  6
Definitions                                 4                 Method of Determining Contract Values                7
     Accumulation Period                    4                Valuation Date                                        7
     Accumulation Unit                      4                 Valuation Period                                     7
     Age                                    4                 Transfers of Contract Values                         7
     Annuitant                              4
     Annuity Date                           4       Contract Benefits                                              8
     Annuity Unit                           4                General                                               8
     Beneficiary                            4                 Partial Withdrawal                                   8
     Contingent Owner                       4                 Total Withdrawal                                     8
     Contract Anniversary                   4                Payment of Withdrawals                                8
     Contract Owner                         4                 Death Benefit                                        8
     Contract Value                         4                 Death of Owner                                       9
     Contract Year                          4                 Annuity Benefits                                     9
     Date of Issue                          4                 Annuity Date                                         9
     Deferred Sales Charge                  4
     General Account                        4        Contract Charges                                              9
     Office                                 4                 Variable Account Mortality and Expense
     Variable Account                       4                 Risk Charge                                          9
     We, Us, Our                            4                Administrative Charge                                 9
     You, Your                              4                 Deferred Sales Charge                                9

General Provisions                          5        Annuity Provisions                                            10
     Purchase Payments                      5                General                                               10
     Contract                               5                 Fixed Annuity Payments                               11
     Modifications and Authority            5                 Variable Annuity Payment Values                      11
     Ownership                              5                 Net Investment Factor                                11
     Change of Owner or Beneficiary         5                Mortality and Expense Guarantee                       11
     Assignment                             5                Variable Annuity Transfers                            12
     Incontestability                       5                 Option 1 - Life Income                               12
     Non-Participation in Surplus           5                 Option 2 - Life Income with 10 Years of
     Misstatement of Age or Sex             5                    Payments Guaranteed                               12
     Evidence of Survival                   5                 Option 3 - Joint and Last Survivor Income                     12
     Taxes                                  6
     Protection of Proceeds                 6
     Delay of Payments                      6
     Reports                                6

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


Introduction. During the Accumulation Period, this contract allows you to invest
in the Variable  Account.  Your Contract values will fluctuate  according to the
investment  performance  of the Eligible  Mutual Funds,  or Portfolios  thereof,
which you choose.

After the Annuity Date,  you may choose to receive  annuity  payments  which are
fixed, or which are based on the Variable Account,  or a combination of the two.
If you elect  annuity  payments  which are based on the  Variable  Account,  the
amount of the payments will be variable.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                   DEFINITIONS



<PAGE>

ACCUMULATION PERIOD - The period prior to the Annuity Date.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT - Accounting  unit of measure used to calculate  the Contract
Value prior to the Annuity Date.

AGE - Age means age last birthday.

ANNUITANT - The person  above  whose  continuation  of life any annuity  payment
involving life contingencies depends. The Annuitant is named in the application.

ANNUITY DATE - The date on which annuity payments are to begin.

ANNUITY UNIT - Accounting  unit of measure  used to calculate  variable  annuity
payments.

BENEFICIARY  - The person or persons who will receive any benefit upon the death
of the Annuitant (or Contract Owner,  as applicable)  prior to the Annuity Date.
The Beneficiary will be: the primary  beneficiary if alive on the date of death;
otherwise the contingent  beneficiary  if alive on the date of death;  otherwise
you or your  estate.  If you  designate  more  than one  person  as  primary  or
contingent  survivors  will receive  equal  shares.  The primary and  contingent
beneficiaries,  if any,  are named in the  application.  They may be  changed as
provided on page 5.

CONTINGENT  OWNER - The  Contingent  Owner,  if any,  must be the  spouse of the
Contract Owner as named in the application, unless changed.

CONTRACT  ANNIVERSARY  - The  same  month  and date as the Date of Issue in each
subsequent year of this contract.

CONTRACT OWNER - The person who may exercise all the rights of the Contract.

CONTRACT VALUE - The value as of all amounts accumulated under this Contract.

CONTRACT  YEAR - Any period of twelve  (12) months  commencing  with the Date of
Issue and each Contract Anniversary thereafter.

DATE OF ISSUE - The date  shown on page 3, which is when your  purchase  payment
was invested.

DEFERRED  SALES  CHARGE - The sales charge that may be applied  against  amounts
withdrawn prior to the Annuity Date.

GENERAL  ACCOUNT - All of our  assets  other  than the  assets  of the  Variable
Account and any other separate accounts we maintain.

OFFICE - Our administrative office, which is shown on page 3.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT - A separate investment account of ours into which the Purchase
Payment may be allocated. It is designated on page 3.

WE, OUR, US - American International Life Assurance Company of New York.

YOU,  YOUR - The person  having all rights  under this  Contract is the Contract
Owner. The Contract Owner is named in the application. The Contract Owner may be
changed as provided on page 5. During the lifetime of the Annuitant and prior to
the Annuity  Date,  the Contract  Owner shall be the person so designated in the
application,  unless changed. On and after the Annuity Date, the Annuitant shall
be the Contract Owner,  unless otherwise provided for. On and after the death of
the Annuitant,  the beneficiary  shall be Contract Owner. On and after the death
of the Contract  Owner,  the  beneficiary  shall be the Contract  Owner unless a
Contingent Owner has been  designated,  in which case the Contingent Owner shall
be the Contract Owner.


<PAGE>



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               GENERAL PROVISIONS


PURCHASE PAYMENTS - The purchase payment is due on the Date of Issue. We reserve
the right to reject any application or purchase  payment.  The purchase  payment
must be paid at our Office in United States currency,  and must meet the minimum
purchase payment amount shown on page 3.

Provided that the Contract Value does not go to zero, this contract will stay in
force until the Annuity Date.

CONTRACT - The entire contract is made up of:

(1) this document;
(2) the application, a copy of which is attached to this document.

MODIFICATION AND AUTHORITY - Only our President,  Vice-President,  Registrar, or
Secretary may agree to alter this contract or waive any terms of this contract.

OWNERSHIP - As Contract Owner, you may exercise all the rights of this contract.
You do not need the  consent  of the  Annuitant  or any other  person  except as
provided in the next section.

CHANGE OF OWNER OF BENEFICIARY - As Contract  Owner,  you may change the primary
beneficiary  or  contingent  beneficiary.  An  irrevocably-named  person  may be
changed only with the written consent of such person.

The Contract  Owner may name a Contingent  Owner or a new Contract  Owner at any
time.
However,  the  Contract  Owner's  spouse is the only  person  eligible to be the
contingent  Owner. If the Contract Owner dies, the Contingent  Owner becomes the
Contract  Owner.  Any new  choice of  Contract  Owner or  Contingent  Owner will
automatically revoke any prior choice of Contract Owner or Contingent Owner will
automatically revoke any prior choice of Contract Owner or Contingent Owner.

Any request for change  must be: (1) made in  writing;  and (2)  received at our
Office.  The change will become  effective as of the date the written request is
signed.  A new choice of Contract Owner,  Contingent  Owner, or beneficiary will
not  apply to any  payment  made or  action  taken by us prior to the time  your
request for change is received.

ASSIGNMENT.  You as Contract  Owner may assign this contract at any time. A copy
of any assignment must be filed with us. We are not responsible for the validity
of any  assignment.  If you assign this  contract,  your rights and those of any
revocably-named  person will not affect any  payments we make or actions we take
before we record it.

INCONTESTABILITY.  We will not contest this contract from its Date of Issue.

NON-PARTICIPATION IN SURPLUS - We will not pay any dividends on this contract.

MISSTATEMENT  OF  AGE OR SEX - We  will  require  proof  of age  and  sex of the
Annuitant  before  making  any life  annuity  payment.  If the age or sex of the
Annuitant has been  misstated,  we will compute the amount  payable based on the
correct age and sex. If annuity  payments have begun,  any  underpayments we may
have made will be paid in full, at 6% interest per annum,  with the next annuity
payment. Any overpayments, unless repaid to us in one sum, will be deducted from
future annuity payments until we are repaid in full.

EVIDENCE OF SURVIVAL - If a contract  provision requires that a person be alive,
we may  require  proof  that  the  person  is alive  before  we act  under  that
provision.

TAXES - Any  premium  or other  taxes  levied by any  governmental  entity  with
respect  to this  contract  may be  charged  against  your  purchase  payment or
Contract Value. We may, at Our sole discretion, advance any premium taxes due at
the time  purchase  payments are made and then deduct the premium taxes from the
Contract  Value at the time annuity  payments  begin or upon surrender if we are
unable to obtain a refund.  We will  deduct from any amount  payable  under this
contract any income taxes a governmental  authority requires us to withhold with
respect to that amount.  We reserve the right to deduct from the Contract  Value
and/or the  Variable  Account for any Federal  income taxes  resulting  from the
operation of the Variable Account.

PROTECTION  OF  PROCEEDS  - No  beneficiary  or payee may  commute or assign any
payments  under this  contract  before they are due. To the extent  permitted by
law, no payments  shall be subject to the debts of any  beneficiary or payee not
to any judicial process for payment of those debts.

DELAY OF PAYMENTS - We reserve the right to  postpone  any type of payment  from
the Variable Account for any period when:

(a)  the New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than customary weekends and
     holidays;

(b)  trading on the Exchange is restricted;

(c)  an emergency  exists as a result of which it is not reasonably  practicable
     to dispose of securities  held in the Variable  Account or determine  their
     value;  or (d) an order of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  shall
     govern as to whether the conditions in (b) and (c) exist.

REPORTS - We will send you a report  showing the Contract Value at least once in
each Contract Year. We will send other reports if required by law.


GENERAL  - The name of the  Variable  Account  is shown on page 3. The  Variable
Account is a separate  investment  account maintained by us into which a portion
of our assets has been  allocated  for this and  certain  other  contracts.  The
assets of the Variable Account are our property but assets equal to reserves and
other  liabilities are not chargeable  with the  liabilities  arising out of any
other business we may conduct. The assets of the Variable Account are segregated
into a series of sub-accounts  is measured by the number of  accumulation  units
credited to this contract for that sub-account. When annuity payments begin, the
payee's  interest in any  sub-account is measured by the number of annuity units
credited to this contract for that sub-account.

INVESTMENTS IN THE VARIABLE  ACCOUNT - Your purchase payment will be invested in
the Eligible Mutual Funds listed on page 3 in accordance with the selection made
by you in the application. the selection must specify a percentage for each Fund
or Portfolio  that is a whole number,  and must be either 0 or a number equal to
or greater than 10%.

We may,  from  time to time,  add  additional  Eligible  Mutual  Funds or delete
existing  ones.  In the event of an  addition,  you may be  permitted  to select
Eligible Funds as an underlying  investment of this contract.  In the event of a
deletion, transfers cannot be made into a deleted Fund.

We may also  substitute  other  Funds.  The  investment  policy of the  Variable
Account will not be changed without  approval  pursuant to the insurance laws of
the state of New York.


VALUATION OF ASSETS - Eligible Mutual Fund shares within each  sub-account  will
be valued at their net asset value.



<PAGE>


METHOD OF  DETERMINING  CONTRACT  VALUES - The Contract  Value will fluctuate in
accordance  with the investment  results of the underlying  Eligible Mutual Fund
held within the sub-account. In order to determine how these fluctuations affect
Contract Values,  Accumulation Units are utilized.  The value of an Accumulation
Unit  payable  during  any  Valuation  Period is  determined  at the end of that
period.

Purchase  payments  are applied to provide  Accumulation  Units in the  Variable
Account.  The number of  Accumulation  Units  credited by dividing  the Purchase
Payment by the dollar value of one  Accumulation  Unit next  computed  after the
receipt of the Purchase Payment by us.

When we first  purchased  shares of an Eligible  Mutual Fund for a  sub-account,
each  sub-account  accumulation  unit  was  valued  at  $10.  The  value  of  an
Accumulation  Unit  for a  sub-account  on  any  Valuation  Date  thereafter  is
determined by dividing (a) by (b), where:

(a) is equal to:

     (i)  the total value of the net assets  attributable to Accumulation  Units
          in that sub-account minus

     (ii) the daily  charge  for  assuming  the risk of  guaranteeing  mortality
          factors and expense charges,  which is equal on an annual basis to the
          charge shown on page 3 multiplied  by the daily net asset value of the
          sub-account; minus or plus

     (iii)a  charge  or  credit  for  any  tax  provision  established  to  that
          sub-account.

(b) is the total number of Accumulation  Units applicable to that sub-account at
the end of the Valuation Period.

The resulting value of each sub-account  Accumulation  Unit is multiplied by the
respective  number  of  sub-account  Accumulation  Units  for this  contract  to
determine the sub-account value for this contract. The Contract Value is the sum
of all sub-account values for this contract.

An  Accumulation  Unit may increase or decrease in value from  Valuation Date to
Valuation Date.

VALUATION DATE - The Variable  Account will be valued each day that the New York
Stock Exchange is open for trading.

VALUATION PERIOD - The Valuation  Period is the period  commencing at 4 P.M. New
York time on each  Valuation Date and ending at 4 P.M. New York time on the next
succeeding Valuation Date.

TRANSFERS OF CONTRACT VALUES - Before the Annuity Date you may transfer Contract
Values form one  sub-account  to another  sub-account,  subject to the following
conditions:

(a)  the amount  transferred from any sub-account must be at least $1000 (or the
     entire sub-account value, if less);

(b)  if less than $1000 would remain in the sub-account  after the transfer,  we
     will transfer the entire amount in the sub-account;

(c)  we  will  deduct  the  transfer  charge  shown  on page 3 from  either  the
     sub-account  which  is the  source  of the  transfer,  or from  the  amount
     transferred;

(d)  we may reject any more than  twelve (12)  transfer  requests  per  Contract
     Year.


CONTRACT BENEFITS

GENERAL - This contract provides the following benefits:

(a)  Partial and total  withdrawal  benefits  before the Annuity  Date while the
Annuitant (or Contract Owner, as applicable) is still alive.

(b) A death  benefit if the  Annuitant (or Contract  Owner as  applicable)  dies
before the Annuity Date.

(c)  Annuity  benefits  if the  Annuitant  lives  until the  Annuity  Date or if
surrender or death benefits are applied to the purchase of a settlement option.

PARTIAL  WITHDRAWAL - You may  partially  withdraw  this  contract  prior to the
Annuity Date. Any partial withdrawal is subject to the following conditions:

(a)      We must receive a written request.

(b) The amount requested must be at least $500.

(c) Any applicable deferred sales charge will be deducted.

(d) The amount we  withdraw  will be the sum of the amount you  request  and the
amount of any applicable deferred sales charge.

(e) We will deduct the amount you requested,  plus any applicable deferred sales
charge,  from such  sub-account  of the Variable  Account as you specify.  If no
sub-accounts  are specified,  such amount will be deducted from each sub-account
of the Variable  Account in the  proportion  that the  sub-account  bears to the
Contract Value.

TOTAL  WITHDRAWAL - You may surrender  this contract  prior to the Annuity Date.
Surrendering this contract will cancel it.

The  surrender  value is equal to the Contract  Value for the  Valuation  period
during which we receive your request less any applicable  deferred sales charge,
less the Administrative Charge and less any applicable premium taxes.

PAYMENT OF  WITHDRAWALS - Any Contract  Values  withdrawn  will be mailed to you
within seven business days of receipt of your written request, unless the "Delay
of Payments" provision is in effect.

DEATH  BENEFIT - If the  Annuitant  dies before the Annuity  Date, we will pay a
death  benefit  equal to the  greater  of the  Purchase  Payment,  less  partial
withdrawals, or the Contract Value.

Before we pay any death benefit, we will require proof of death.

We will  determine  the value of the death  benefit as of the  Valuation  Period
following the receipt of the proof of death.

We will pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary.  It will be paid in accordance
with any applicable laws governing the payment of death proceeds.

You may by written  request  elect that any death  benefit of at least  $2000 be
received by the Beneficiary  under an annuity payment option.  You may choose or
change a payment option at any time prior to the  Annuitant's  death.  If at the
time the Annuitant dies you may have made no request for a payment  option,  the
Beneficiary  has 60 days in which to make a written  request  to elect  either a
lump sum payment or any annuity  payment  option.  Any lump sum payment  will be
made within seven  business  days after we have  received the proof of death and
the  written  election  of the  Beneficiary,  unless  the  "Delay  of  Payments"
provision is in effect.




<PAGE>


DEATH OF OWNER - If you die before the Annuity Date,  the entire  Contract Value
must be distributed within five years of the date of death, unless:

(a)  It  is  payable  over  the  lifetime  of  a  designated   Beneficiary  with
distributions beginning within one year of the date of death; or

(b) The Contingent Owner, if any, continues the contract in his or her own name.
The Contingent Owner must be your spouse.

ANNUITY  BENEFITS - If the Annuitant and Contract Owner are alive on the Annuity
Date, we will begin making payments to the Annuitant under the payment option or
options you have chosen.  You may choose or change a payment  option by making a
written  request at least 30 days prior to the Annuity  Date.  The amount of the
payments will be  determined by applying the Contract  Value on the Annuity Date
in  accordance  with  the  "Annuity  Provisions"  section.   Unless  you  choose
otherwise,  the annuity  payment  option will be Option 2, with Contract  Values
allocated to sub-accounts of the Variable  Account in the same proportion as the
sub-accounts have to the total Contract Value at the Annuity Date.

ANNUITY DATE - The Annuity Date for the Annuitant is:

(a)  the first day of the calendar month  following the later of the Annuitant's
     85th birthday or the 10th Contract Anniversary, or

(b)  such earlier date as my be set by applicable law.

You may  designate  an  earlier  date in the  application  or you may change the
Annuity  Date by making a written  request at least 30 days prior to the Annuity
Date being changed. However, any Annuity Date must be:

(a)      not later than the date defined in (a) above; and

(b)      the first day of a calendar month.

CONTRACT CHARGES

VARIABLE ACCOUNT  MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE - For each Valuation Period,
we deduct a risk charge  from each  sub-account  of the  Variable  Account.  The
annual rate of this charge is shown on page 3. The risk  charge  compensates  us
for the mortality and expense risks we assume under this contract.

ADMINISTRATIVE  CHARGE  - The  Administrative  Charge  compensates  us  for  the
expenses we incur in administering this contract. The charge is shown on page 3.

Prior to the Annuity Date,  this charge is deducted  from the Contract  Value on
each Contract  Anniversary.  If the Annuity Date is a date other than a Contract
Anniversary, we will also deduct a pro rata portion of the Administrative Charge
from the  Contract  Value for the fraction of the Contract  Year  preceding  the
Annuity Date. This charge is also deducted on the date of any total  withdrawal.
The charge will be deducted from each sub account of the Variable Account in the
proportion that the value of each sub-account attributable to the Contract bears
to the total Contract Value.  After the Annuity Date, this charge is deducted on
a pro-rata  basis from each annuity  payment and is  guaranteed to remain at the
same amount as at the Annuity Date.

DEFERRED SALES CHARGE - We make a charge on partial and total  withdrawals.  The
amount of this charge is shown on page 3.



<PAGE>


ANNUITY PROVISIONS

GENERAL - The payment options are:

Option 1 - Life Income


Option 2 - Life Income with 10 Years of Payments Guaranteed

Option 3 - Joint and Last Survivor Income

We also may offer additional options at our discretion.

The payee is the person who will receive the sum payable under a payment option.
We will give the payee a settlement contract for that payment option that is
consistent with the terms described in this contract.

You may apply your Contract  Value to any option.  If any premium or other taxes
are assessed by any governmental  entity at the time of  annuitization,  we will
subtract  the amount of such taxes from your  Contract  Value.  If the  Contract
Value is less than  $2000,  we have the right to pay the amount in a lump sum in
lieu of annuity payments. We will make all annuity payments monthly. However, if
the monthly annuity  payments would be less than $100, we have the right to make
payments semi-annually or annually.

Payment options are available on either a fixed basis or a variable  basis.  You
may allocate your Contract Value to purchase only fixed annuity payments,  or to
purchase only variable  annuity  payments,  or to purchase a combination  of the
two.  Contract Values which purchase fixed annuity  payments will be invested in
the General  Account.  Contract Values which purchase  variable annuity payments
will be invested in the Variable Account.  You may make no transfers between the
General Account and the Variable Account after the Annuity Date.

FIXED ANNUITY  PAYMENTS - The amount of each fixed annuity payment is determined
by  multiplying  the amount of the Contract  Value  allocated to purchase  fixed
annuity  payments  by the  factor  shown in the table for the  option  selected,
divided  by 1000.  If we are  currently  offering a greater  factor for  similar
annuities at the Annuity  Date,  we will  substitute  that factor for the factor
found in the table.



<PAGE>


VARIABLE  ANNUITY PAYMENT VALUES - For each variable  payment option,  the total
dollar amount of each periodic payment will be equal to:

(a)      the sum of all sub-account payments; less

(b)      the pro-rata amount of the Administrative Charge.

The first annuity payment for each  sub-account is determined by multiplying the
amount of the Contract Value  allocated to that  sub-account by the factor shown
in the table for the  option  selected,  divided by 1,000.  If we are  currently
offering a greater  factor for similar  annuities at the Annuity  Date,  we will
substitute that factor for the factor found in the table.

The  number  of  Annuity  Units  for  each  sub-account  to be  credited  to the
particular option will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of such first
payment by the  sub-account  Annuity  Unit value for the  Valuation  Period that
includes the date of the first payment. Each sub-account payment after the first
one will be determined by multiplying (a) by (b), where:

(a)      is the number of sub-account Annuity Units credited; and

(b)  is the  sub-account  Annuity  Unit value for the  Valuation  Period 14 days
     prior to the date of payment.

When we first purchased Eligible Mutual Funds shares, we arbitrarily established
the  Annuity  Unit  value for each  sub-account  at $10 for the first  Valuation
Period. Thereafter, a sub-account Annuity Unit value at the end of any Valuation
Period is determined by multiplying the  sub-account  Annuity Unit value for the
immediately preceding Valuation Period by the quotient of (a) and (b) where:

(a)  is the net  investment  factor  for the  Valuation  Period  for  which  the
     sub-account Annuity Unit value is being determined; and

(b) is the assumed  investment  factor for such  Valuation  Period.  The assumed
investment  factor  adjusts for the interest  assumed in  determining  the first
variable  annuity  payment.  Such factor for any  Valuation  Period shall be the
accumulated  value,  at the  end of  such  period,  of  $1.00  deposited  at the
beginning of such period at the assumed investment rate of 5%.

NET  INVESTMENT  FACTOR - The nest  investment  factor is used to determine  how
investment  results of the Eligible Mutual Funds affect Variable  Account Values
within  the  sub-accounts  from  one  Valuation  Period  to the  next.  The  net
investment factor for each sub-account for any Valuation Period is determined by
dividing (a) by (b) and subtracting (c) from the result, where:


(a)      is equal to:

         (i) the net asset value per share of the  Eligible  Mutual Fund held in
the sub-account determined at the end of that Valuation Period; plus

         (ii) the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain  distribution
made by the Eligible  Mutual Fund held in the  sub-account if the  "ex-dividend"
date occurs during that same Valuation Period, plus or minus

         (iii) a per share or credit,  which is determined by us, for changes in
tax reserves resulting from investment operations of the sub-account.

(b)      is equal to:

         (i) the net asset value per share of the  Eligible  Mutual Fund held in
the sub-account  determined as of the end of the prior Valuation Period, plus or
minus

         (ii) the per share  charge or credit for any change in tax reserves for
the prior Valuation Period.

(c) is the percentage  factor  representing the Variable  Account  Mortality and
Expense Risk Charge.

The net  investment  factor may be greater or less than the  assumed  investment
factor;  therefore,  the  Annuity  Unit  value may  increase  or  decrease  from
Valuation Period to Valuation Period.

MORTALITY  AND EXPENSE  GUARANTEE - We guarantee  that the dollar amount of each
annuity  payment after the first will not be affected by variations in mortality
and expense experience.

VARIABLE  ANNUITY  TRANSFERS - The number of Annuity Units for each  sub-account
under any variable  annuity  option will remain fixed during the entire  annuity
payment   period  unless  the  payee  makes  a  written   request  or  telephone
authorization  for a change  which is  received at least 30 days before the next
payment date.

We reserve the right to refuse any more than one transfer per month.  The charge
for any  transfer is shown on page 3. We will deduct this  transfer  charge from
the next annuity  payment  after the transfer.  If following  the transfer,  the
units remaining in the sub-account would generate a monthly payment of less than
$100, then we may transfer the entire amount in the sub-account.

We will  recompute the number of Annuity Units for each  sub-account.  These new
number of units will remain fixed for the remainder of the payment period unless
the payee requests another change.

You may make no transfers  between the General Account and the Variable  Account
after the Annuity Date.

Option 1: Life Income - We will pay an annuity during the lifetime of the payee.
The amount of the  annuity  payments  will depend on the age of the payee at the
time we issue the settlement contract.

Option 2: Life  Income  with 10 Years of  Payments  Guaranteed  - We will pay an
annuity  during  the  lifetime  of the  payee.  If, at the  death of the  payee,
payments have been made for less than 10 years:

(a)  payments  will be  continued  during  the  remainder  of the  period to the
     successor payee; or

(b)  that  successor  payee may elect to receive in a lump sum the present value
     of the remaining payments, commuted at the interest rate used to create the
     annuity factor for Option 2.

The amount of the  annuity  payments  will depend on the age of the payee at the
time we issue the settlement contract.

Option 3: Joint and Last Survivor Income - We will pay an annuity for as long as
either  the payee or a  designated  second  person is alive.  The  amount of the
annuity payments will depend on the age of both persons at the time we issue the
settlement contract.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

                            Options On A Fixed Basis
                             Option 1: Life Income*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000

          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female
           <S>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>    <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>     
           30    3.42    3.31            44    3.89   3.68            58    4.88    4.46            72    7.33    6.38
           31    3.44    3.32            45    3.94   3.71            59    4.99    4.54            73    7.61    6.62
           32    3.47    3.34            46    3.99   3.75            60    5.11    4.63            74    7.91    6.87
           33    3.49    3.36            47    4.05   3.80            61    5.23    4.73            75    8.24    7.15
           34    3.52    3.39            48    4.11   3.84            62    5.36    4.83            76    8.59    7.45
           35    3.55    3.41            49    4.17   3.89            63    5.50    4.94            77    8.98    7.78
           36    3.58    3.43            50    4.23   3.94            64    5.65    5.06            78    9.39    8.13

           37    3.61    3.46            51    4.30   3.99            65    5.82    5.18            79    9.84    8.52
           38    3.65    3.48            52    4.37   4.05            66    5.99    5.32            80   10.32    8.95
           39    3.68    3.51            53    4.44   4.10            67    6.18    5.46            81   10.85    9.42
           40    3.72    3.54            54    4.52   4.17            68    6.38    5.62            82   11.42    9.94
           41    3.76    3.57            55    4.60   4.23            69    6.59    5.79            83   12.04   10.51
           42    3.80    3.61            56    4.69   4.30            70    6.82    5.97            84   12.70   11.13
           43    3.85    3.64            57    4.78   4.38            71    7.07    6.17            85   13.41   11.81
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

            Option 2: Life Income with 10 years Payments Guaranteed*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female
           <S>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>    <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>  
           30    3.41    3.30            44    3.88   3.67            58    4.81    4.42            72    6.74    6.12
           31    3.44    3.32            45    3.93   3.71            59    4.91    4.50            73    6.93    6.31
           32    3.46    3.34            46    3.98   3.75            60    5.01    4.59            74    7.12    6.50
           33    3.49    3.36            47    4.03   3.79            61    5.12    4.68            75    7.31    6.70
           34    3.51    3.38            48    4.08   3.83            62    5.24    4.77            76    7.50    6.91
           35    3.54    3.41            49    4.14   3.88            63    5.36    4.88            77    7.70    7.12
           36    3.57    3.43            50    4.20   3.93            64    5.49    4.98            78    7.89    7.34
           37    3.61    3.46            51    4.26   3.98            65    5.62    5.10            79    8.08    7.56
           38    3.64    3.48            52    4.33   4.03            66    5.76    5.22            80    8.27    7.78
           39    3.67    3.51            53    4.40   4.09            67    5.91    5.35            81    8.45    8.00
           40    3.71    3.54            54    4.47   4.15            68    6.06    5.49            82    8.62    8.22
           41    3.75    3.57            55    4.55   4.21            69    6.22    5.63            83    8.78    8.42
           42    3.79    3.60            56    4.63   4.28            70    6.39    5.79            84    8.93    8.62
           43    3.83    3.63            57    4.72   4.35            71    6.56    5.95            85    9.07    8.79
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

                                   Option 3: Joint (Male and Female) and Last Survivor*
                                                 Monthly Income per $1,000
                       Female Age -      40      45     50      55      60      65      70      75
                           Male Age
                           <S>          <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>  
                           40           3.40   3.47    3.52    3.57    3.60    3.63    3.65    3.66
                           45           3.44   3.53    3.62    3.70    3.76    3.81    3.84    3.87
                           50           3.47   3.58    3.71    3.82    3.93    4.01    4.08    4.13
                           55           3.49   3.62    3.77    3.93    4.09    4.23    4.35    4.44
                           60           3.50   3.65    3.82    4.02    4.24    4.45    4.65    4.81
                           65           3.51   3.66    3.86    4.09    4.36    4.66    4.96    5.24
                           70           3.51   3.68    3.89    4.14    4.46    4.84    5.26    5.70
                           75           3.52   3.69    3.91    4.18    4.52    4.97    5.51    6.14
</TABLE>

Values not shown are available on request from our administrative office.

*The  Annuity  Tables  shown do not reflect the  Administrative  Charge which is
assessed by us as described on page 3 and page 9 of this contract.


<PAGE>
<TABLE>


                           Options On A Variable Basis
                             Option 1: Life Income*
                      Monthly Income per $1,000 annuitized
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female
           <S>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>    <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>  
           30    4.43    4.33            44    4.85   4.64            58    5.79    5.36            72    8.22    7.24
           31    4.45    4.34            45    4.89   4.67            59    5.89    5.44            73    8.50    7.48
           32    4.47    4.36            46    4.94   4.71            60    6.00    5.52            74    8.81    7.73
           33    4.49    4.37            47    4.99   4.74            61    6.12    5.61            75    9.13    8.01
           34    4.51    4.39            48    5.05   4.78            62    6.25    5.71            76    9.49    8.31
           35    4.54    4.41            49    5.10   4.83            63    6.39    5.82            77    9.87    8.64
           36    4.56    4.43            50    5.16   4.87            64    6.54    5.93            78  f10.29    9.00
           37    4.59    4.45            51    5.22   4.92            65    6.70    6.06            79   10.74    9.39
           38    4.62    4.47            52    5.29   4.97            66    6.88    6.19            80   11.23    9.82
           39    4.65    4.50            53    5.36   5.03            67    7.06    6.33            81   11.76   10.29
           40    4.69    4.52            54    5.44   5.08            68    7.26    6.48            82   12.33   10.81
           41    4.72    4.55            55    5.52   5.15            69    7.48    6.65            83   12.96   11.39
           42    4.76    4.58            56    5.60   5.21            70    7.71    6.83            84   13.63   12.02
           43    4.80    4.80            57    5.69   5.28            71    7.96    7.03            85   14.34   12.70
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

            Option 2: Life Income with 10 years Payments Guaranteed*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female
           <S>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>    <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>  
           30    4.42    4.33            44    4.83   4.63            58    5.70    5.31            72    7.55    6.94
           31    4.44    4.34            45    4.87   4.66            59    5.79    5.39            73    7.73    7.12
           32    4.46    4.36            46    4.92   4.70            60    5.89    5.47            74    7.91    7.30
           33    4.48    4.37            47    4.96   4.73            61    5.99    5.55            75    8.09    7.50
           34    4.51    4.39            48    5.01   4.77            62    6.10    5.64            76    8.28    7.70
           35    4.53    4.41            49    5.06   4.81            63    6.22    5.74            77    8.47    7.90
           36    4.56    4.43            50    5.12   4.86            64    6.34    5.84            78    8.65    8.11
           37    4.58    4.45            51    5.18   4.90            65    6.47    5.95            79    8.83    8.33
           38    4.61    4.47            52    5.24   4.95            66    6.61    6.07            80    9.01    8.54
           39    4.64    4.49            53    5.31   5.00            67    6.75    6.19            81    9.18    8.75
           40    4.68    4.52            54    5.37   5.06            68    6.90    6.32            82    9.34    8.96
           41    4.71    4.54            55    5.45   5.12            69    7.05    6.47            83    9.50    9.16
           42    4.75    4.57            56    5.53   5.18            70    7.21    6.61            84    9.64    9.34
           43    4.79    4.60            57    5.61   5.24            71    7.38    6.77            85    9.77    9.51
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

                                 Option 3: Joint (Male and Female) and Last Survivor*
                                               Monthly Income per $1,000
                       Female Age -      40      45     50      55      60      65      70      75
                           Male Age
                           <S>          <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>  
                           40           4.39   4.45    4.49    4.53    4.57    4.59    4.61    4.63
                           45           4.42   4.50    4.57    4.64    4.70    4.74    4.78    4.81
                           50           4.45   4.54    4.65    4.75    4.84    4.93    5.00    5.05
                           55           4.46   4.58    4.71    4.84    4.99    5.12    5.23    5.33
                           60           4.48   4.60    4.75    4.93    5.12    5.32    5.51    5.67
                           65           4.49   4.62    4.79    5.00    5.24    5.52    5.81    6.08
                           70           4.49   4.63    4.82    5.05    5.34    5.69    6.10    6.52
                           75           4.50   4.64    4.84    5.08    5.40    5.82    6.34    6.95
</TABLE>

Values not shown are available on request from our administrative office.

*The  Annuity  Tables  shown do not reflect the  Administrative  Charge which is
assessed by us as described on Page 3 and Page 9 of this contract.




                                  EXHIBIT 4(b)


          Form of Individual Variable Annuity Policy (21VAN0896NY)

<PAGE>
         American International Life Assurance
         Company of New York
         80 Pine Street
         New York, New York 10270
         A capital stock company


     This is a legal  contract  issued in  consideration  of the  payment of the
     Initial  Premium.  We will make  annuity  payments to the  Annuitant as set
     forth in this contract beginning on the Annuity Date.

     READ YOUR CONTRACT CAREFULLY


     RIGHT TO CANCEL THIS CONTRACT
     This  contract may be returned  within 10 days after You receive it. It can
     be mailed or delivered to either Us or Our agent.  Return of this  contract
     by mail is effective as of the date of its postmark, properly addressed and
     postage pre-paid.  The returned contract will be treated as if We had never
     issued it. We will  promptly  refund the  Contract  Value as of the date of
     return; this may be more or less than the Premium paid.

     This is a variable  annuity  contract.  Annuity payments and Contract Value
     may  increase or  decrease  depending  on the  experience  of the  Variable
     Account identified in the Contract Schedule.

     Signed by the Company:

                  
           Elizabeth M. Tuck                 RJ O'Connell

          /s/ Elizabeth M.Tuck               /s/ RJ O'Connell
                Secretary                       President










                  INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE ANNUITY
                                NONPARTICIPATING


<PAGE>



            TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                 PAGE
       CONTRACT SCHEDULE                           3
       DEFINITIONS                                 4
       GENERAL PROVISIONS                          5
       OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS                        6
       BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS                      6
       PREMIUM PROVISIONS                          6
       VARIABLE ACCOUNT                            7
       GUARANTEED ACCOUNT                          7
       TRANSFERS                                   8
       CONTRACT CHARGES                            9
       DOLLAR COST AVERAGING                       9
       ANNUITY PROVISIONS                         10
       ANNUITY OPTIONS                            10
       DEATH BENEFIT                              12
       SURRENDER PROVISIONS                       13
       DELAY OF PAYMENTS                          13
       FIXED OPTIONS TABLE                        14
       VARIABLE OPTIONS TABLE                     15



<PAGE>





                                               CONTRACT SCHEDULE


CONTRACT NUMBER:     ( 12345 )               INITIAL PREMIUM: ($5,000)

OWNER(S):            (JOHN DOE)              MINIMUM SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM: $1,000

ANNUITANT:           (JOHN DOE)              EFFECTIVE DATE:( 10/01/1996)

BENEFICIARY:         (JANE DOE)              ANNUITY DATE: ( 10/01/2036 )



CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE: $30.00 each Contract Year. Before the Annuity Date,
this charge will be waived for each year that the Contract Value exceeds $50,000
on the Contract Anniversary.

ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE: Equal on an annual basis to .15% of the average daily net
assets of the Variable Account.

MORTALITY  AND EXPENSE  RISK  CHARGE:  Equal on an annual  basis to 1.25% of the
average daily net assets of the Variable Account.

[ANNUAL  RATCHET RIDER  CHARGE:  Equal on an annual basis to .10% of the average
daily net assets of the Variable Account; calculated and deducted monthly.]

The assets of the Variable  Account  must earn a minimum  annual rate of 6.4% so
that the dollar amount of the variable  annuity payments will not decrease below
the level shown in the Options On A Variable Basis Table on page 15.

TRANSFER  FEE:  $10.00  However,  we will  not make a  charge  for the  first 12
transfers in any policy year.

SURRENDER CHARGE:
<TABLE>

Number of Complete Years     Percentage of       Number of Complete Years           Percentage of
Since Premium Payment        Premium             Since Premium Payment              Premium

<S>                          <C>                <C>                                 <C>
0                            6%                 4                                   4%
1                            6%                 5                                   3%
2                            5%                 6                                   2%
3                            5%                 7                                   0%

</TABLE>

SEPARATE ACCOUNT ALLOCATIONS:       [Variable Account A]
                    [%]
                    [%]

                    [%]
                    [%]
                    [%]
                    [%]

GENERAL ACCOUNT ALLOCATION:
ONE YEAR GUARANTEE PERIOD: [%]


        ANNUITY SERVICE OFFICE:
 
                    [AI Life Assurance Company of New York
                     c/o Delaware Valley Financial Services
                                 300 Berwyn Park
                                  P.O. Box 3031
                              Berwyn, PA 19312-0031
                               (800) 255-8402]


<PAGE>



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                   DEFINITIONS



ACCUMULATION UNIT - An accounting unit of measure used to calculate the Contract
Value prior to the Annuity Date.

ADMINISTRATIVE  OFFICE - The Annuity Service Office of the Company as designated
on the Contract Schedule.

ANNUITANT - The person  designated by the Owner upon whose  continuation of life
any annuity payment involving life contingencies depends.

ANNUITY DATE - The date on which annuity payments are to commence.

ANNUITY OPTION - An arrangement under which annuity payments are made under this
contract.

ANNUITY UNIT - An accounting unit of measure used to calculate  annuity payments
after the Annuity Date.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY - An anniversary of the Effective Date of this contract.

CONTRACT  VALUE - The  dollar  value  as of any  Valuation  Date of all  amounts
accumulated under this contract.

CONTRACT YEAR - Each period of twelve (12) months  commencing with the Effective
Date.

EFFECTIVE  DATE - The date  shown on the  Contract  Schedule  on which the first
Contract Year begins.


ELIGIBLE  INVESTMENT(S)  -  Those  investments  available  under  the  contract.
Eligible  Investments,  at the time this  contract  is issued,  are shown in the
application for this Contract.

GUARANTEED ACCOUNT - A part of Our General Account which earns a Guaranteed Rate
of interest.

OWNER - The Owner is named in the Contract Schedule, unless changed, and has all
rights under this contract.

PREMIUM - Purchase payments are referred to in this contract as Premiums.

SUBACCOUNT  - A division  of the  Variable  Account  established  to invest in a
particular portfolio of Eligible Investments.

VALUATION DATE - Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

VALUATION  PERIOD - The period  between  the close of  business  of the New York
Stock  Exchange on any  Valuation  Date and the close of  business  for the next
succeeding Valuation Date.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT - The Separate Account designated on the Contract Schedule.

WE, OUR, US - American International Life Assurance Company of New York.

YOU, YOUR - The Owner of this contract.


<PAGE>





- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               GENERAL PROVISIONS



THE  CONTRACT  - The  entire  contract  consists  of this form and any  attached
endorsement,  rider or application. This contract may be changed or altered only
by Our President or Secretary.  Any change,  modification or waiver must be made
in writing.

NON-PARTICIPATION  IN SURPLUS - This contract does not share in any distribution
of Our profits or surplus.

INCONTESTABILITY - This contract is not contestable.

MISSTATEMENT  OF  AGE OR SEX - We  will  require  proof  of age  and  sex of the
Annuitant  before making any life annuity payment provided for by this contract.
If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been  misstated,  the amount payable will
be the amount that the  Contract  Value  would have  provided at the true age or
sex.

Once annuity payments have begun, any  underpayments  will be made up in one sum
including  interest at the annual rate of 3%,  unless a higher  interest rate is
required by the law of the jurisdiction  where this contract is delivered,  with
the next annuity payment.  Overpayments including interest at the annual rate of
3%,  unless a higher  interest  rate is required by the law of the  jurisdiction
where this  contract  is  delivered,  will be deducted  from the future  annuity
payments until the total is repaid.

CONTRACT  SETTLEMENT - This contract must be returned to Us upon settlement as a
death claim.  Prior to any settlement as a death claim,  due proof of death must
be submitted to Us.

REPORTS - We will furnish You with a report  showing the Contract Value at least
once each  calendar  year. We will also furnish an annual report of the Variable
Account. These reports will be sent to Your last known address.

TAXES - Any taxes paid to any  governmental  entity will be charged  against the
Premiums or the Contract  Value,  depending upon the Owner's state of residence.
We may, at Our sole  discretion,  pay taxes when due and deduct that amount from
the Contract Value at a later date. Our payment of such taxes at an earlier date
does not waive any right We may have to deduct amounts at a later date.

EVIDENCE OF SURVIVAL - Where any benefits  under this  contract  are  contingent
upon  the  recipient  being  alive  on a  given  date,  We  will  require  proof
satisfactory to Us that the condition has been met.

PROTECTION  OF PROCEEDS - No  Beneficiary  or payee may  commute,  or assign any
payments  under this  contract  before they are due. To the extent  permitted by
law, no payments will be subject to the debts of any Beneficiary or payee nor to
any judicial process for payment of those debts.

MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT - This contract may not be modified by Us, without Your
consent except as may be required by applicable law. If the state insurance laws
or  regulations,  the  federal  securities  or tax laws or  regulations,  or any
regulations under which this contract would qualify as an annuity change, We may
amend this contract to comply with these changes.

MINIMUM BENEFITS - Any paid-up annuity, cash surrender or death benefit that may
be available under this contract is not less than the minimum benefits  required
by statute in the jurisdiction in which this contract is delivered.



<PAGE>





- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS


OWNER - The Owner is named in the Contract Schedule.

The Owner may  exercise all the rights of this  contract,  subject to the rights
of:

1.   any assignee under an assignment filed with Our Administrative Office; and

2.   any irrevocably named Beneficiary.

TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP - You may transfer  Ownership of this contract.  A written
request,  dated  and  signed  by  You,  must  be  sent  to and  received  by Our
Administrative  Office.  We may  require  this  contract  for  endorsement.  The
transfer  will take effect as of the date the request was  received and recorded
at Our Administrative Office.


Transfer  of  Ownership  does not  change  the  Beneficiary,  nor  transfer  the
Beneficiary's  interest.  Any change or transfer of  Ownership is subject to any
payment  made  by Us  before  the  request  is  received  and  recorded  at  Our
Administrative Office.

ASSIGNMENT  - You may assign this  contract.  A copy of any  assignment  must be
filed with Our Administrative Office. We are not responsible for the validity of
any  assignment.  If You  assign  this  contract,  Your  rights and those of any
revocably-named person will be subject to the assignment. An assignment will not
affect any  payments We may make or actions We may take  before such  assignment
has been  recorded at Our  Administrative  Office.  A change in  ownership or an
assignment may result in adverse tax consequences.



<PAGE>



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                             BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS


BENEFICIARY - The Beneficiary will receive the death benefit. The Beneficiary is
named in the Contract Schedule.

DEATH OF  BENEFICIARY  - If no named  beneficiary  is living at the time a death
benefit becomes payable we will pay the death benefit to Your estate.


CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY - To change a beneficiary,  a written request for a change
of beneficiary,  dated and signed by You, must be received at Our Administrative
Office. If the request is received at Our Administrative  Office after the death
of the Owner,  it will be effective only if no payment has been made.  After the
change is recorded, it will take effect as of the date the request was signed.



<PAGE>



- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               PREMIUM PROVISIONS



PREMIUM  -  The  Initial  Premium  is  due  on or  before  the  Effective  Date.
Thereafter,  Premium payments may be made at any time prior to the Annuity Date,
in an amount equal to or greater  than the Minimum  Subsequent  Premium  amount,
shown on the Contract Schedule page.


ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS - Premiums may be allocated to one or more of the
Subaccounts  of  the  Variable  Account  or to  the  Guaranteed  Account.  Whole
percentages  must be used. The allocation of the Initial Premium is shown on the
Contract Schedule. You may change the allocation by written request at any time.
Any subsequent  Premium  received will be allocated in accordance  with the most
recently received allocation instructions.


<PAGE>





- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                VARIABLE ACCOUNT



GENERAL  DESCRIPTION - The name of the Variable Account is shown in the Contract
Schedule.  The  assets  of the  Variable  Account  and each  Subaccount  are Our
property but are not chargeable  with the  liabilities  arising out of any other
business We may  conduct,  except to the extent  that  Variable  Account  assets
exceed Variable Account liabilities arising under the contracts supported by the
Variable Account.  The Variable Account and each Subaccount is separate from the
Our General Account and any other separate account or Subaccount We may have.

INVESTMENT  ALLOCATIONS TO THE VARIABLE  ACCOUNT - The Variable Account consists
of Subaccounts  and each Subaccount may invest its assets in a separate class of
shares of a designated investment company or companies.

We have the right to change, add or delete designated investment  companies.  We
have the right to add or remove  Subaccounts.  We also have the right to combine
any two or more Subaccounts.

VALUATION OF ASSETS - Assets within each  Subaccount will be valued at their net
asset value on each Valuation Date.

CONTRACT VALUE - Premiums are allocated among the various Subaccounts within the
Variable  Account.  For  each  Subaccount,   the  Premiums  are  converted  into
Accumulation Units. The number of Accumulation Units credited to the contract is
determined by dividing the Premiums  allocated to the Subaccount by the value of
the  Accumulation  Unit  for  the  Subaccount.  Surrenders  will  result  in the
cancellation of Accumulation  Units. The value of the contract is the sum of the
values for the contract within each Subaccount and the Guaranteed  Account.  The
value of each Subaccount is determined by multiplying the number of Accumulation
Units  attributable  to the  Subaccount by the  Accumulation  Unit value for the
Subaccount, independent of the value of any other Subaccount.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT  VALUES - The  value of an  Accumulation  Unit  will  vary in
accordance with the investment  experience of the underlying  portfolio in which
the Subaccount invests.  The value of Accumulation Units is expected to increase
or decrease from Valuation Period to Valuation Period. The value of Accumulation
Units in each Subaccount will change daily to reflect the investment  experience
of the corresponding  underlying portfolio as well as the daily deduction of the
Contract Charges.  The number of Accumulation  Units credited to a Contract will
not change as a result of any fluctuations in the value of an Accumulation Unit.


<PAGE>



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               GUARANTEED ACCOUNT


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION - The Guaranteed  Account is a part of Our General Account.
The  amount  You have in the  Guaranteed  Account  at any  time is a  result  of
Premiums You have  allocated to it or any part of Your  Contract  Value you have
transferred to it.

GUARANTEE  PERIOD - The portion of Your  Contract  Value  within the  Guaranteed
Account is credited  with  interest at rates  guaranteed by Us for the Guarantee
Period of one year. Interest is credited on a daily basis at the then applicable
effective  guaranteed  interest  rate  for the  Guarantee  Period.  If You  have
allocated any part of Your Initial Premium to the Guaranteed Account, the amount
allocated is shown on the Contract Schedule.

The guaranteed  interest rate applicable to an allocation of Premium or transfer
of  Contract  Value  to the  Guarantee  Period  is the rate in  effect  for that
Guarantee  Period  at the  time  of the  allocation  or  transfer.  If You  have
allocated or transferred  amounts at different times to the Guaranteed  Account,
each allocation or transfer may have a unique effective guaranteed interest rate
associated  with that amount.  We guarantee  that the  effective  annual rate of
interest for the Guaranteed Account will not be less than 3%.


<PAGE>





- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                    TRANSFERS


During the Accumulation  Period, or after the Annuity Date,  provided a variable
Annuity Option was selected, You may transfer all or part of Your interest, in a
Subaccount,  or allocated to the Guaranteed Account, to another Subaccount or to
the Guaranteed Account. However, after the Annuity Date no transfers may be made
between a Subaccount and the Guaranteed Account.
The Transfer Fee  is  shown on the Contract Schedule.

All transfers are subject to the following:

1.   The  deduction  of any  Transfer  Fee that may be  imposed  is shown in the
     Contract Schedule.  The Transfer Fee will be deducted from the amount which
     is  transferred.  However,  no  Transfer  Fee will be imposed on  transfers
     resulting from the expiration of a Guarantee Period.

2.   If We  have  not  received  transfer  instructions  prior  to the  end of a
     Guarantee  Period in which You have Contract Value,  We will  automatically
     transfer it to a new Guarantee Period and under the same restrictions as if
     You had  requested  such  transfer,  if a new  Guarantee  Period  is  still
     available.


3.   The minimum  amount which may be transferred is the lesser of (A) $1,000 or
     (B) Your entire  interest in the  Subaccount or in the amount  allocated to
     the Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed Account.

4.   No partial  transfer  will be made if, as a result of such  transfer,  Your
     remaining  Contract Value in the  Subaccount or in the amount  allocated to
     the Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed Account would be less than $1,000.

5.   Transfers  will be effected  during the  Valuation  Period  next  following
     receipt  by  Us of a  written  transfer  request  containing  all  required
     information.  However,  no  transfer  may be made  effective  within  seven
     calendar days of the date on which any annuity payment is due.

6.   Any transfer request must clearly specify:

     a.   the amount which is to be transferred; and

     b.   the  Subaccounts or Guarantee  Period of the Guaranteed  Account which
          are to be affected.

7.   After  the  Annuity  Date,  transfers  may not take  place  between a fixed
     Annuity Option and a variable Annuity Option.


<PAGE>





- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                CONTRACT CHARGES


MORTALITY  AND  EXPENSE  RISK CHARGE - We deduct a  Mortality  And Expense  Risk
Charge equal, on an annual basis, to the amount shown on the Contract  Schedule.
We guarantee that the dollar amount of each annuity payment after the first will
not be affected by variations in mortality or expense experience.

ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSE  CHARGE - We deduct  an  Administrative  Expense  Charge
equal,  on an annual basis,  to the amount shown on the Contract  Schedule.  The
Administrative  Expense Charge  compensates Us for some of the costs  associated
with the administration of this contract and the Variable Account.

CONTRACT  MAINTENANCE  CHARGE - We deduct an annual Contract  Maintenance Charge
shown on the Contract Schedule. The Contract Maintenance Charge will be deducted
from the Contract Value on each Contract  Anniversary  while this contract is in
force.  Prior to the  Annuity  Date,  the  Contract  Maintenance  Charge will be
deducted from the Contract Value by canceling  Accumulation Units. The number of
Accumulation Units to be canceled from each applicable Subaccount will be in the
ratio that the value of each Subaccount bears to the total Contract Value.

If this contract is  surrendered  for its full  Surrender  Value on other than a
Contract  Anniversary,  the full  Contract  Maintenance  Charge  due on the next
Contract Anniversary will be deducted at the time of surrender.

On and after the Annuity Date, the Contract Maintenance Charge will be pro-rated
and  collected  on a monthly  basis and this will result in a  reduction  of the
monthly annuity payments.


<PAGE>





- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                              DOLLAR COST AVERAGING


Dollar Cost  Averaging.  Using Our Dollar Cost  Averaging Plan Request Form, You
may elect  automatic  monthly  transfers  from the Money  Market  Subaccount  or
Guaranteed Account into Subaccounts for a specified dollar amount or specified
number of months in accordance with the following:

     1.   the  allocation  to the  Subaccounts  will  be  based  on the  premium
          allocation  that is in effect at the time of each transfer;  

     2.   if  you  elect  Dollar  Cost  Averaging  in   conjunction   with  Your
          application for this Policy, the automatic transfers will begin on the
          first Monthly Anniversary following the end of the period described in
          the  Right To  Cancel  This  Contract  provision  in the  first  page
          allowing for the return of the  contract.  

     3.   if you elect Dollar Cost Averaging  after this Policy has been issued,
          the automatic  transfers will begin on the second Monthly  Anniversary
          following Our receipt of Your election;  

     4.   this  option may be elected  at any time  provided  there is a minimum
          balance  of  $12,000  in the Money  Market  Subaccount  or  Guaranteed
          Account; 

     5.   all premiums  received  after the date you elect Dollar Cost Averaging
          will be applied to the Money Market  Subaccount or Guaranteed  Account
          for the purpose of Dollar Cost Averaging.

If you  elect to  transfer  a  specific  dollar  amount  each  month,  automatic
transfers will continue until Your Money Market Subaccount or Guaranteed Account
is depleted. If you elect to transfer based on a specific number of months, each
month We will  transfer a fraction  of the  balance in the Money  Market Fund or
Guaranteed Account equal to one divided by the number of months remaining in the
period. For example,  if You elect to transfer over a 12 month period, the first
transfer  will  be1/12th of the balance in the Money  Market Fund or  Guaranteed
Account,  the second transfer will be 1/11th of the balance,  the third transfer
will be 1/10th of the balance and so on until the end of the requested period.

Automatic monthly transfers will continue until one of the following  conditions
occur:

     1.   the balance in the Money Market  subaccount or  Guaranteed  Account is
          depleted;

     2.   We receive Your written request to cancel future transfers;


     3.   We receive notification of the death of the Insured Person;

     4.   this Policy lapses.



<PAGE>


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                               ANNUITY PROVISIONS


CHANGE IN ANNUITY DATE - You may,  upon at least thirty (30) days prior  written
notice to Us, at any time prior to the Annuity  Date,  change the  Annuity  Date
shown on the Contract Schedule. The Annuity Date must always be the first day of
a calendar month.


Unless We  approve  otherwise,  the new  Annuity  Date must be at least one year
after the effective  Date. The latest Annuity Date is the first day of the first
calendar month following the  Annuitant's  90th birthday or such earlier date as
may be set by applicable law.



<PAGE>



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 ANNUITY OPTIONS



SELECTION OF ANNUITY  OPTION - If the Annuitant is alive on the Annuity Date, We
will apply the Contract Value to provide an income on the basis of a life income
with 10 years guaranteed,  unless another annuity option has been selected.  You
may however,  upon at least thirty (30) days prior written  notice to Us, at any
time prior to the Annuity Date,  select and/or  change the Annuity  Option.  The
Annuity Option you select may be on a fixed or variable  basis, or a combination
thereof.  If, at the time of  election of an Annuity  Option,  We are using more
favorable rates, they will be used in lieu of those here guaranteed.
We may also make available other options.



OPTION 1 - LIFE INCOME.  Monthly annuity payments are paid during the life of an
Annuitant  ceasing  with the last Annuity  Payment due prior to the  Annuitant's
death.

OPTION 2 - LIFE INCOME WITH 10 YEAR GUARANTEE. Monthly annuity payments are paid
during the life of an Annuitant, but at least for a 10 year minimum period.

OPTION 3 - JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR  ANNUITY.  Monthly annuity  payments are paid
during the joint  lifetime of the Annuitant  and a designated  second person and
are paid thereafter  during the remaining  lifetime of the survivor ceasing with
the last annuity payment due prior to the survivor's death.


<PAGE>


                                 FIXED OPTIONS


The amount of each  fixed  annuity  payment is  determined  by  multiplying  the
available  Contract  Value  (after  the  deduction  of  any  premium  taxes  not
previously  deducted)  by the  factor in the Fixed  Option  Table for the option
chosen,  using the age and sex of the  Annuitant  and Joint  Annuitant,  if any,
divided by 1,000.  The tables are determined  from the 1983  Individual  Annuity
Mortality  Table with  interest at the rate of 3% per annum.  If,  when  annuity
payments are elected,  We are using tables of annuity rates for these  contracts
which result in larger annuity payments, We will use those tables instead.


<PAGE>





                                VARIABLE OPTIONS



The amount of the first variable  annuity  payment depends on the Annuity Option
elected and the age and sex of the Annuitant.  This contract contains a Variable
Options Table  indicating  the dollar amount of the first monthly  payment under
each  optional  annuity  form for each $1,000 of value  applied.  The tables are
determined from the 1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table with interest at the
rate of 5% per annum. If, when annuity payments are elected, We are using tables
of annuity rates for these contracts which result in larger annuity payments, We
will use those tables instead.

The 5% interest  rate assumed in the annuity  tables would produce level annuity
payments if the net investment rate remained constant at 5% per year. Subsequent
payments  will be less  than,  equal  to,  or  greater  than the  first  payment
depending upon whether the actual net investment rate is less than, equal to, or
greater than 5%.

The  dollar  amount of the first  variable  annuity  payment  is  determined  by
applying  the  available  value  (after  deduction  of  any  premium  taxes  not
previously deducted) to the table using the age and sex of the Annuitant and any
joint Annuitant. The number of Annuity Units is then determined by dividing this
dollar amount by the then current Annuity Unit value. Thereafter,  the number of
Annuity  Units remains  unchanged  during the period of annuity  payments.  This
determination  is made separately for each  Subaccount of the Variable  Account.
The number of Annuity Units is determined for each  Subaccount and is based upon
the available  value in each  Subaccount as of the date annuity  payments are to
begin. The dollar amount  determined for each Subaccount will then be aggregated
for  purposes  of making  payments.  The  dollar  amount of the second and later
variable annuity payments is equal to the number of Annuity Units determined for
each  Subaccount  times the Annuity Unit value for that Subaccount as of the due
date of the payment.  This amount may increase or decrease  from month to month.
The value of an Annuity Unit for a Subaccount is  determined as shown below,  by
subtracting  item 2.  from  item 1.  and  dividing  the  result  by item 3.  and
multiplying  the result by a factor to  neutralize  the assumed  net  investment
rate,  discussed  above,  of 5% per annum  (which is built into the annuity rate
tables below and which is not applicable  because the actual net investment rate
is credited instead) where:

1. is the net result of:

     a)   the assets of the Subaccount  attributable to the Annuity Units;  plus
          or minus

     b)   the cumulative charge or credit for taxes reserved which is determined
          by Us to have resulted from the operation of the Subaccount;

2.   is the  cumulative  unpaid charge for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
     and for the Administrative  Expense Charge, which are shown in the Contract
     Schedule; and

3.   is the  number of Annuity  Units  outstanding  at the end of the  Valuation
     Period.

The value of an Annuity Unit may increase or decrease from  Valuation  Period to
Valuation Period.


<PAGE>





- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                  DEATH BENEFIT


DEATH OF THE OWNER - In the event of Your death  prior to the  Annuity  Date,  a
death benefit is payable to the Beneficiary. The value of the death benefit will
be determined  as of the date We receive proof of death in a form  acceptable to
Us. If there  has been a change  of Owner  from one  natural  person to  another
natural  person,  the death benefit will be the Contract Value unless the change
of ownership results from the election, made by a surviving spouse as designated
Beneficiary to continue the contract.  Otherwise,  We will pay the death benefit
equal to the greatest of:

1.   the total of all Premiums paid reduced  proportionally by any surrenders in
     the same  proportion  that the Contract  Value was reduced on the date of a
     surrender; or

2.   the Contract Value; or

3.   the greatest  Contract Value at any seventh  Contract  Anniversary  reduced
     proportionally by any surrenders subsequent to that Contract Anniversary in
     the same  proportion  that the Contract  Value was reduced on the date of a
     surrender, plus any Premium paid subsequent to that Contract Anniversary.

The amount of the reduction in the death benefit under items 1 and 3 above would
be determined as "A" multiplied by the result of "B" divided by "C" where:

     "A"  is the death benefit prior to the partial surrender,

     "B"  is the partial surrender amount, and

     "C"  is the Contract Value prior to the partial surrender.

Example:
If the death  benefit  prior to the partial  surrender is $50,000,  the Contract
Value prior to the partial surrender is $40,000, and a $10,000 partial surrender
is  requested,  the reduction in the death benefit as of the date of the partial
surrender would be determined as follows

                      $10,000
       $50,000  x    ------------- =    $12,500
                      $40,000

The new death benefit would be:

$50,000 - $12,500 = $37,500.

The Beneficiary may elect the death benefit to be paid as follows:

1.   payment  of the  entire  death  benefit  within  5 years of the date of the
     Owner's death; or

2.   payment  over a period not  extending  beyond the life  expectancy  of such
     designated  Beneficiary  based on Tables V and VI of section  1.72-9 of the
     Income Tax Regulation with distribution beginning within 1 year of the date
     of death of the Owner; or

3.   if the  designated  Beneficiary  is Your  spouse,  he/she can  continue the
     contract in his/her own name.

If no payment  option is elected  within 60 days of Our  receipt of proof of the
Owner's death, a single sum settlement will be made at the end of the sixty (60)
day period  following  such  receipt.  Upon payment of the death  benefit,  this
contract will end.

If the Owner is a person  other than the  Annuitant,  and if the  Owner's  death
occurs on or after the Annuity Date, no death benefit will be payable under this
contract.  Any guaranteed  payments remaining unpaid will continue to be paid to
the Annuitant pursuant to the Annuity Option in force at the date of the Owner's
death. If the Owner is not an individual,  the Annuitant shall be treated as the
Owner and any change of such first  named  Annuitant,  will be treated as if the
Owner died.

DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT - If the Annuitant is a person other than the Owner,  and
if the  Annuitant  dies before the Annuity Date, a new Annuitant may be named by
the Owner. If no new Annuitant is named within sixty (60) days of Our receipt of
proof of death, the Owner will be the new Annuitant. If the Annuitant dies after
the Annuity Date,  the remaining  payments,  if any, will be as specified in the
Annuity Option elected.  We will require proof of the Annuitant's  death.  Death
benefits, if any, will be paid to the designated Beneficiary at least as rapidly
as under the method of distribution in effect at the Annuitant's death.




<PAGE>


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                              SURRENDER PROVISIONS



SURRENDER  - While this  contract is in force and before the  Annuity  Date,  We
will,  upon  written  request,  allow the  surrender of all or a portion of this
contract for its Surrender Value.  Surrenders will result in the cancellation of
Accumulation  Units from each  applicable  Subaccount  and the  reduction in the
Guaranteed  Account  in the  ratio  that the  value of each  bears to the  total
Contract  Value.  You must  specify in writing in advance  which units are to be
canceled or what amount is to be taken from the Guaranteed Account if other than
the above mentioned method of cancellation is desired. We will pay the amount of
any surrender within seven (7) days of receipt of a request unless the "Delay of
Payments" provision is in effect.

The Surrender  Value will be the Contract Value as of the date of Our receipt of
Your written surrender request, reduced by the sum of:

1.   any applicable premium taxes not previously deducted; plus

2.   any applicable Contract Maintenance Charge; plus

3.   any applicable Surrender Charge.

CALCULATION OF SURRENDER  CHARGE - If all or a portion of the Surrender Value is
surrendered, a Surrender Charge will be calculated at the time of each surrender
and will be deducted  from the Contract  Value.  In  calculating  the  Surrender
Charge,  Premiums  will be  allocated  at the time of  surrender  on a first-in,
first-out basis.


The amount of the Surrender Charge is calculated by:

1.   reducing the amount to be surrendered by the greater of:

     a)   the accumulated  earnings of this contract  (i.e.,  the Contract Value
          minus  Premiums  which have not been  allocated to amounts  previously
          surrendered);  or 

     b)   10%  of  all  remaining  unsurrendered  Premiums,   decreased  by  any
          surrender made since the last Contract Anniversary; then

2.    allocating Premiums to the remaining amount to be surrendered; and

3.   multiplying  each such allocated  Premium by the  applicable  Percentage of
     Premium  shown in the  Contract  Schedule for the period since such Premium
     was paid; and

4. adding the products of each multiplication in (3) above.

For a  partial  surrender,  the  Surrender  Charge  will be  deducted  from  the
remaining Contract Value, if sufficient;  otherwise it will be deducted from the
amount  surrendered.  Partial  surrenders  will be considered in calculation any
death benefit payable under this contract.




- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                DELAY OF PAYMENTS

We will make any  payments  under this  contract  within 7 days (or any  shorter
period,  if required by law) of a request received in good order. We reserve the
right to suspend or postpone any type of payment  from the Variable  Account for
any period when:

1.   the New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than customary  weekend and
     holiday closings:

2.   trading on the Exchange is restricted;

3.   an emergency  exists as a result of which it is not reasonably  practicable
     to dispose of securities  held in the Variable  Account or determine  their
     value; or

4.   the Securities and Exchange  Commission so permits delay for the protection
     of security holders.

     The applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange  Commission will govern
     as to whether the conditions in 2. or 3. exist.

We reserve the right to delay any type of payment  from the General  Account for
up to six (6) months from the date we receive the request for payment.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                            Options On A Fixed Basis
                             Option 1: Life Income*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000

          <S>    <C>   <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>   <C> 
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female

           30    3.16    3.03            44    3.65   3.42            58    4.61    4.18            72    6.84    5.93
           31    3.19    3.05            45    3.70   3.46            59    4.71    4.26            73    7.09    6.14
           32    3.21    3.07            46    3.75   3.50            60    4.82    4.35            74    7.35    6.36
           33    3.24    3.10            47    3.81   3.54            61    4.94    4.44            75    7.63    6.59
           34    3.27    3.12            48    3.86   3.59            62    5.06    4.53            76    7.93    6.85
           35    3.30    3.14            49    3.92   3.63            63    5.19    4.63            77    8.26    7.13
           36    3.33    3.17            50    3.98   3.68            64    5.33    4.74            78    8.60    7.42
           37    3.37    3.20            51    4.05   3.73            65    5.48    4.86            79    8.97    7.74
           38    3.40    3.22            52    4.12   3.79            66    5.64    4.98            80    9.37    8.09
           39    3.44    3.25            53    4.19   3.85            67    5.81    5.11            81    9.79    8.47
           40    3.48    3.28            54    4.26   3.91            68    5.99    5.25            82   10.25    8.88
           41    3.52    3.32            55    4.34   3.97            69    6.18    5.40            83   10.73    9.32
           42    3.56    3.35            56    4.43   4.04            70    6.39    5.56            84   11.25    9.80
           43    3.61    3.38            57    4.52   4.11            71    6.61    5.74            85   11.81   10.32

</TABLE>
<TABLE>


            Option 2: Life Income with 10 years Payments Guaranteed*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000
          <S>    <C>   <C>              <C>   <C>    <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>   <C>   <C> 
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female

           30    3.16    3.03            44    3.64   3.42            58    4.55    4.16            72    6.35    5.72
           31    3.18    3.05            45    3.69   3.45            59    4.65    4.23            73    6.51    5.88
           32    3.21    3.07            46    3.74   3.49            60    4.74    4.31            74    6.68    6.05
           33    3.24    3.09            47    3.79   3.54            61    4.85    4.40            75    6.86    6.23
           34    3.27    3.12            48    3.84   3.58            62    4.96    4.49            76    7.03    6.42
           35    3.30    3.14            49    3.90   3.62            63    5.07    4.58            77    7.21    6.60
           36    3.33    3.17            50    3.96   3.67            64    5.19    4.68            78    7.39    6.80
           37    3.36    3.19            51    4.02   3.72            65    5.32    4.79            79    7.56    7.00
           38    3.40    3.22            52    4.09   3.78            66    5.45    4.90            80    7.74    7.20
           39    3.43    3.25            53    4.15   3.83            67    5.58    5.02            81    7.91    7.40
           40    3.47    3.28            54    4.23   3.89            68    5.73    5.14            82    8.08    7.61
           41    3.51    3.31            55    4.30   3.95            69    5.88    5.28            83    8.25    7.80
           42    3.55    3.35            56    4.38   4.02            70    6.03    5.42            84    8.40    8.00
           43    3.60    3.38            57    4.46   4.08            71    6.19    5.56            85    8.55    8.19

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                                   Option 3: Joint (Male and Female) and Last Survivor*
                                                 Monthly Income per $1,000

                       <S>               <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
                       Female Age -      40      45     50      55      60      65      70      75
                           Male Age
                           40           3.13   3.20    3.27    3.32    3.37    3.40    3.43    3.45
                           45           3.17   3.27    3.36    3.44    3.52    3.57    3.62    3.65
                           50           3.20   3.32    3.44    3.56    3.67    3.76    3.83    3.89
                           55           3.23   3.36    3.51    3.67    3.82    3.96    4.08    4.18
                           60           3.25   3.39    3.57    3.76    3.96    4.17    4.35    4.51
                           65           3.26   3.42    3.61    3.83    4.08    4.36    4.64    4.89
                           70           3.27   3.43    3.63    3.88    4.17    4.52    4.90    5.29
                           75           3.27   3.44    3.65    3.91    4.24    4.64    5.12    5.66
</TABLE>

* Values are based on the 1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table projected with
scale G to the year 2010 and interest at the rate of 3.00% per annum.

The values  shown have not been  adjusted  for the annual  contract  maintenance
charge described on pages 3 and 9.

Values not shown are available from Our Administrative Office on request.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                           Options On A Variable Basis
                             Option 1: Life Income*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000

          <S>    <C>   <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>   <C>    <C>              <C>   <C>   <C>  
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male   Female           Age   Male  Female
           30    4.47    4.36            44    4.90   4.68            58    5.80    5.37            72    8.02    7.07
           31    4.49    4.38            45    4.94   4.71            59    5.90    5.44            73    8.27    7.28
           32    4.51    4.39            46    4.99   4.74            60    6.00    5.52            74    8.54    7.50
           33    4.54    4.41            47    5.04   4.78            61    6.12    5.61            75    8.82    7.74
           34    4.56    4.43            48    5.09   4.82            62    6.24    5.70            76    9.12    8.00
           35    4.59    4.45            49    5.14   4.86            63    6.37    5.80            77    9.45    8.28
           36    4.61    4.47            50    5.20   4.91            64    6.51    5.90            78    9.80    8.57
           37    4.64    4.49            51    5.26   4.95            65    6.65    6.01            79   10.17    8.90
           38    4.67    4.51            52    5.33   5.00            66    6.81    6.13            80   10.57    9.25
           39    4.70    4.54            53    5.40   5.05            67    6.98    6.26            81   11.00    9.63
           40    4.74    4.56            54    5.47   5.11            68    7.17    6.40            82   11.46   10.04
           41    4.78    4.59            55    5.54   5.17            69    7.36    6.55            83   11.95   10.49
           42    4.81    4.62            56    5.62   5.23            70    7.57    6.71            84   12.47   10.98
           43    4.85    4.64            57    5.71   5.30            71    7.79    6.88            85   13.03   11.50
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

            Option 2: Life Income with 10 years Payments Guaranteed*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000
          <S>    <C>   <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>   <C>     <C> 
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female

           30    4.47    4.36            44    4.88   4.67            58    5.72    5.33            72    7.43    6.81
           31    4.49    4.38            45    4.92   4.70            59    5.81    5.40            73    7.59    6.97
           32    4.51    4.39            46    4.97   4.74            60    5.90    5.48            74    7.75    7.13
           33    4.53    4.41            47    5.01   4.77            61    6.00    5.55            75    7.91    7.30
           34    4.55    4.43            48    5.06   4.81            62    6.10    5.64            76    8.08    7.48
           35    4.58    4.44            49    5.11   4.85            63    6.21    5.73            77    8.24    7.66
           36    4.61    4.46            50    5.17   4.89            64    6.32    5.82            78    8.41    7.84
           37    4.63    4.49            51    5.22   4.94            65    6.44    5.92            79    8.58    8.03
           38    4.66    4.51            52    5.28   4.98            66    6.57    6.03            80    8.74    8.23
           39    4.70    4.53            53    5.34   5.03            67    6.70    6.14            81    8.91    8.42
           40    4.73    4.56            54    5.41   5.09            68    6.84    6.26            82    9.07    8.61
           41    4.76    4.58            55    5.48   5.14            69    6.98    6.39            83    9.22    8.80
           42    4.80    4.61            56    5.56   5.20            70    7.12    6.52            84    9.37    8.98
           43    4.84    4.64            57    5.63   5.26            71    7.27    6.66            85    9.51    9.16

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                                 Option 3: Joint (Male and Female) and Last Survivor*
                                               Monthly Income per $1,000
                       <S>               <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     
                       Female Age -      40      45     50      55      60      65      70      75
                           Male Age

                           40           4.41   4.47    4.52    4.57    4.61    4.65    4.68    4.70
                           45           4.45   4.52    4.60    4.67    4.73    4.79    4.83    4.87
                           50           4.48   4.57    4.66    4.76    4.86    4.95    5.02    5.08
                           55           4.50   4.60    4.72    4.86    4.99    5.12    5.24    5.34
                           60           4.52   4.63    4.78    4.94    5.12    5.31    5.49    5.65
                           65           4.53   4.66    4.82    5.01    5.23    5.48    5.75    6.00
                           70           4.54   4.67    4.85    5.06    5.32    5.64    6.00    6.38
                           75           4.55   4.69    4.87    5.10    5.39    5.77    6.22    6.74
</TABLE>

* Values are based on the 1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table projected with
scale G to the year 2010 and interest at the rate of 5.00% per annum.

The values  shown have not been  adjusted  for the annual  contract  maintenance
charge described on pages 3 and 9.

Values not shown are available from Our Administrative Office on request.


                                  EXHIBIT 4(c)

               Form of Group Variable Annuity (21GVAN897)

<PAGE>
American International Life Assurance
Company of New York
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10270
A capital stock company

This Group Contract is a contract between American  International Life Assurance
Company of New York ("We", "Us" or "Our") and the Group Contractholder ("You" or
"Your") shown on the Group Contract Schedule.

Subject to the terms of this Group  Contract  and the  certificates  We issue to
each  Certificateholder,  We will provide the  benefits  described in this Group
Contract.  We do this in return for the application of the Group Contractholder,
and  any  required   individual   applications   for  annuity  coverage  on  the
Annuitant(s) and for the payment of the premiums.  We will make annuity payments
to the Annuitant as set forth in this certificate beginning on the Annuity Date.


This Group Contract becomes  effective at 12:01 A.M.  Standard Time on the Group
Contract  Effective  Date at the  address of the Group  Contractholder  and will
continue  in  force,  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  provisions,  unless
terminated  in  accordance  with its  provisions.  It and the  certificates  are
non-participating and are not entitled to share in Our surplus earnings.

CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S  RIGHT TO CANCEL THE  CERTIFICATE.  The  certificate  may be
returned  within 10 days  after  the  Certificateholder  receives  it. It can be
mailed or delivered to either Us or Our agent. Return of the certificate by mail
is  effective as of the date of its  postmark,  properly  addressed  and postage
pre-paid. The returned certificate will be treated as if We had never issued it.
We will promptly refund the Certificate Value as of the date of return; this may
be more or less than the Premium paid.

The  certificate  is  a  variable  annuity  certificate.  Annuity  payments  and
Certificate  Value may increase or decrease  depending on the  experience of the
Variable Account identified in the Certificate Schedule.

The assets of the Variable  Account  must earn a minimum  annual rate of 6.4% so
that the dollar amount of the variable  annuity payments will not decrease below
the level  shown in the  Options  On A  Variable  Basis  Table on page 15 of the
certificate.


Signed by the Company:


     /s/ Elizabeth M. Tuck                   /s/ RJ O'Connell

     Elizabeth M. Tuck                       RJ O'Connell

     Secretary                               President


                                     GROUP VARIABLE ANNUITY GROUP CONTRACT
                                               Non-Participating


<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                     PAGE
     GROUP CONTRACT CONTRACT SCHEDULE                  3
     DEFINITIONS                                       4
     GENERAL PROVISIONS                                5
     CERTIFICATE OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS                  6
     BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS                            6
     PREMIUM PROVISIONS                                7
     VARIABLE ACCOUNT                                  7
     GUARANTEED ACCOUNT                                8
     TRANSFERS                                         8
     CERTIFICATE CHARGES                               9
     DOLLAR COST AVERAGING                             9
     ANNUITY PROVISIONS                                10
     ANNUITY OPTIONS                                   10
     DEATH BENEFIT                                     12
     SURRENDER PROVISIONS                              13
     DELAY OF PAYMENTS                                 13
     FIXED OPTIONS TABLE                               14
     VARIABLE OPTIONS TABLE                            15


<PAGE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                   DEFINITIONS



ACCUMULATION  UNIT - An  accounting  unit  of  measure  used  to  calculate  the
Certificate Value prior to the Annuity Date.

ADMINISTRATIVE  OFFICE - The Annuity Service Office of the Company as designated
on the Group Contract Schedule and Certificate Schedule.

ANNUITANT  -  The  person  designated  by  the   Certificateholder   upon  whose
continuation of life any annuity payment involving life contingencies depends.

ANNUITY DATE - The date on which annuity payments are to commence.

ANNUITY OPTION - An arrangement  under which annuity payments are made under the
certificate.

ANNUITY UNIT - An accounting unit of measure used to calculate  annuity payments
after the Annuity Date.

CERTIFICATE   ANNIVERSARY  -  An  anniversary  of  the  Effective  Date  of  the
certificate.

CERTIFICATE  VALUE - The dollar  value as of any  Valuation  Date of all amounts
accumulated under the certificate.

CERTIFICATE  YEAR - Each  period  of  twelve  (12)  months  commencing  with the
Effective Date of the certificate.

CERTIFICATEHOLDER  - The Owner of the  certificate  as named in the  Certificate
Schedule, unless changed, and has all rights under this certificate.

EFFECTIVE DATE - The date shown on the  Certificate  Schedule on which the first
Certificate Year begins.

ELIGIBLE  PERSONS - Persons  eligible  to become  Certificateholders  under this
Group  Contract.  They are described as Eligible  Persons on the Group  Contract
Schedule.

ELIGIBLE  INVESTMENT(S) - Those  investments  available  under the  certificate.
Eligible  Investments,  at the time this certificate is issued, are shown in the
application for this certificate .

GUARANTEED ACCOUNT - A part of Our General Account which earns a Guaranteed Rate
of interest.

PREMIUM - Purchase payments are referred to in the certificate as Premiums.

SUBACCOUNT  - A division  of the  Variable  Account  established  to invest in a
particular portfolio of Eligible Investments.

VALUATION DATE - Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

VALUATION  PERIOD - The period  between  the close of  business  of the New York
Stock  Exchange on any  Valuation  Date and the close of  business  for the next
succeeding Valuation Date.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT - The Separate Account designated on the Certificate Schedule.

WE, OUR, US - American International Life Assurance Company of New York .

YOU, YOUR - The Owner of this Group Contract.


<PAGE>

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS


ENTIRE  CONTRACT - The entire  contract  consists  of this Group  Contract,  the
certificates,  the Group Contractholder's  application, each Certificateholder's
application  for coverage under this Group  Contract,  and any attached  riders,
endorsements or amendments.

We rely on the Group  Contractholder's  application to issue this Group Contract
and the individual applications, if any, to issue certificates providing annuity
coverage on each Annuitant.  Statements made by the Group  Contractholder or any
Annuitant  or  Certificateholder  are  deemed  to  be  representations  and  not
warranties.  No such  statement will be used to contest this Group  Contract,  a
certificate  or a claim  unless a copy of the  instrument  is  furnished  to the
person making the statement or to his/her beneficiary.

CERTIFICATES - We will issue a certificate to each Certificateholder  describing
the  coverage  under this Group  Contract.  The  certificate  will  describe the
benefits of this Group  Contract,  to whom the  benefits  will be paid,  and the
limitations and conditions that apply.

CHANGING  THIS  GROUP  CONTRACT  OR A  CERTIFICATE  - This Group  Contract  or a
certificate may only be changed,  in writing,  by one of our executive officers.
No other  person,  including an agent,  has any authority to change or reinstate
this Group Contract or a certificate, or extend the time for paying a premium.

MODIFICATION  OF GROUP  CONTRACT  OR  CERTIFICATE  - This Group  Contract or the
certificate  may not be modified by Us,  without Your consent and the consent of
the  Certificateholder  for  the  certificate  except  as  may  be  required  by
applicable  law.  If the  state  insurance  laws  or  regulations,  the  federal
securities  or tax laws or  regulations,  or any  regulations  under  which this
certificate  would  qualify as an annuity  change,  We may amend the  form(s) to
comply with these changes.

NON-PARTICIPATION   IN  SURPLUS  -  This  contract  and  each   certificate   is
non-participating  and does not  share in any  distribution  of Our  profits  or
surplus.

INCONTESTABILITY - Certificates are not contestable.

MISSTATEMENT  OF  AGE OR SEX - We  will  require  proof  of age  and  sex of the
Annuitant   before  making  any  life  annuity  payment   provided  for  by  the
certificate.  If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated,  the amount
payable will be the amount that the Certificate Value would have provided at the
true age or sex.

Once annuity payments have begun, any  underpayments  will be made up in one sum
including  interest at the annual rate of 3%,  unless a higher  interest rate is
required by the law of the  jurisdiction  where this  certificate  is delivered,
with the next annuity  payment.  Overpayments  including  interest at the annual
rate  of 3%,  unless  a  higher  interest  rate  is  required  by the law of the
jurisdiction  where this  certificate  is  delivered,  will be deducted from the
future annuity payments until the total is repaid.

CERTIFICATE  SETTLEMENT - The certificate must be returned to Us upon settlement
as a death claim.  Prior to any settlement as a death claim,  due proof of death
must be submitted to Us.

REPORTS - We will  furnish  each  Certificateholder  with a report  showing  the
Certificate  Value,  Cash  Surrender  Value and Death Benefit at least once each
calendar  year. We will also furnish an annual  report of the Variable  Account.
These reports will be sent to the Certificateholder's last known address.

TAXES - Any taxes paid to any  governmental  entity will be charged  against the
Premiums or the Certificate Value, depending upon the Certificateholder's  state
of residence. We may, at Our sole discretion, pay taxes when due and deduct that
amount from the Certificate  Value at a later date. Our payment of such taxes at
an  earlier  date does not waive  any right We may have to deduct  amounts  at a
later date.

EVIDENCE OF SURVIVAL - Where any benefits under the  certificate  are contingent
upon  the  recipient  being  alive  on a  given  date,  We  will  require  proof
satisfactory to Us that the condition has been met.

PROTECTION  OF PROCEEDS - No  Beneficiary  or payee may  commute,  or assign any
payments under this certificate  before they are due. To the extent permitted by
law, no payments will be subject to the debts of any Beneficiary or payee nor to
any judicial process for payment of those debts.

MINIMUM BENEFITS - Any paid-up annuity, cash surrender or death benefit that may
be  available  under  the  certificate  is not less  than the  minimum  benefits
required by statute in the jurisdiction in which this certificate is delivered.

CONTINUATION OF CERTIFICATE  COVERAGE - It this Group Contract should terminate,
coverage  may be  continued  under the  certificate  by the  timely  payment  of
premiums directly to our Administrative Office or to one of our agents.

REQUIRED  DATA - You must give Us data  that We need to  administer  this  Group
Contract.

EXAMINATION  OF RECORDS - We have the right to examine  all records of the Group
Contractholder that pertain to the benefits provided by this Group Contract.

CONTINUATION  OF THIS GROUP  CONTRACT - This Group  Contract  will  continue  in
force, subject to the Group Contract Termination provision.

CONFORMITY  WITH STATE  STATUTES - Any provision of this Group Contract that, on
the Group Contract  Effective  Date,  conflicts with state laws of the governing
jurisdiction is changed by endorsement to meet the minimum requirements of those
laws,  and  will  be  filed  with  the  Insurance  Authority  in  the  governing
jurisdiction.

CLERICAL ERROR - Clerical error will not void any certificate  issued under this
Group  Contract which is otherwise  validly in force,  nor will it keep in force
any certificate that otherwise would not.

CERTIFICATE  PROVISIONS  MADE  PART  OF  THIS  GROUP  CONTRACT  - A copy  of the
certificates,  riders and  endorsements  is added to and made part of this Group
Contract.



<PAGE>
                       CERTIFICATE OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS


CERTIFICATE - The Owner of the Certificate is the Certificateholder named in the
Certificate Schedule.

The Certificateholder may exercise all the rights of the certificate, subject to
the rights of:

1.   any assignee under an assignment filed with Our Administrative Office; and

2.   any irrevocably named Beneficiary.

TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP - The  Certificateholder may transfer Ownership of his/her
certificate.  A written request, dated and signed by Certificateholder,  must be
sent  to  and  received  by  Our  Administrative  Office.  We  may  require  the
certificate  for  endorsement.  The transfer will take effect as of the date the
request was received and recorded at Our Administrative Office.


Transfer  of  Ownership  does not  change  the  Beneficiary,  nor  transfer  the
Beneficiary's  interest.  Any change or transfer of  Ownership is subject to any
payment  made  by Us  before  the  request  is  received  and  recorded  at  Our
Administrative Office.

ASSIGNMENT - The Certificateholder may assign his/her certificate. A copy of any
assignment must be filed with Our Administrative  Office. We are not responsible
for the validity of any  assignment.  If the  Certificateholder  assigns his/her
certificate,  his/her  rights and those of any  revocably-named  person  will be
subject to the  assignment.  An  assignment  will not affect any payments We may
make or actions We may take  before  such  assignment  has been  recorded at Our
Administrative Office.
A change in ownership or an assignment may result in adverse tax consequences.



<PAGE>


                             BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS


BENEFICIARY - The Beneficiary will receive the death benefit. The Beneficiary is
named in the Certificate Schedule.

DEATH OF  BENEFICIARY  - If no named  beneficiary  is living at the time a death
benefit  becomes  payable we will pay the death  benefit to  Certificateholder's
estate.

CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY - To change a beneficiary,  a written request for a change
of beneficiary,  dated and signed by the Certificateholder,  must be received at
Our  Administrative  Office.  If the request is  received at Our  Administrative
Office after the death of the Certificateholder, it will be effective only if no
payment has been made.  After the change is recorded,  it will take effect as of
the date the request was signed.

                              PREMIUM PROVISIONS


PREMIUM - All premiums are payable in advance to Us. The Initial  Premium is due
on or before the certificate's Effective Date. Thereafter,  Premium payments may
be made at any time prior to the Annuity  Date, in an amount equal to or greater
than the Minimum  Subsequent Premium amount,  shown on the Certificate  Schedule
page.

ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS - Premiums may be allocated to one or more of the
Subaccounts  of  the  Variable  Account  or to  the  Guaranteed  Account.  Whole
percentages  must be used. The allocation of the Initial Premium is shown on the
Certificate Schedule. The Certificateholder may change the allocation by written
request at any time.  Any  subsequent  Premium  received  will be  allocated  in
accordance with the most recently received allocation instructions.

                                VARIABLE ACCOUNT

GENERAL  DESCRIPTION  - The  name  of  the  Variable  Account  is  shown  in the
Certificate Schedule. The assets of the Variable Account and each Subaccount are
Our  property but are not  chargeable  with the  liabilities  arising out of any
other business We may conduct, except to the extent that Variable Account assets
exceed Variable Account  liabilities arising under the contracts or certificates
supported by the Variable  Account.  The Variable Account and each Subaccount is
separate  from  the Our  General  Account  and any  other  separate  account  or
Subaccount We may have.

INVESTMENT  ALLOCATIONS TO THE VARIABLE  ACCOUNT - The Variable Account consists
of Subaccounts  and each Subaccount may invest its assets in a separate class of
shares of a designated investment company or companies.

We have the right to change, add or delete designated investment  companies.  We
have the right to add or remove  Subaccounts.  We also have the right to combine
any two or more Subaccounts.

VALUATION OF ASSETS - Assets within each  Subaccount will be valued at their net
asset value on each Valuation Date.

CERTIFICATE VALUE - Premiums are allocated among the various  Subaccounts within
the Variable  Account.  For each  Subaccount,  the Premiums are  converted  into
Accumulation Units. The number of Accumulation Units credited to the certificate
is determined by dividing the Premiums  allocated to the Subaccount by the value
of the  Accumulation  Unit for the  Subaccount.  Surrenders  will  result in the
cancellation of Accumulation  Units.  The value of the certificate is the sum of
the  values  for the  certificate  within  each  Subaccount  and the  Guaranteed
Account. The value of each Subaccount is determined by multiplying the number of
Accumulation Units attributable to the Subaccount by the Accumulation Unit value
for the Subaccount, independent of the value of any other Subaccount.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT  VALUES - The  value of an  Accumulation  Unit  will  vary in
accordance with the investment  experience of the underlying  portfolio in which
the Subaccount invests.. The value of Accumulation Units in each Subaccount will
change  daily  to  reflect  the  investment   experience  of  the  corresponding
underlying  portfolio as well as the daily deduction of the Certificate Charges.
The value of an Accumulation Unit for a Subaccount is determined as shown below,
by subtracting item 2. from item 1.
and dividing the result by item 3, where

1.    is the net result of:

     a)   the assets of the Subaccount  attributable to the Accumulation  Units;
          plus or minus

     b)   the cumulative charge or credit for taxes reserved which is determined
          by Us to have resulted from the operation of the Subaccount;

2.   is the  cumulative  unpaid charge for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
     and  for  the  Administrative  Expense  Charge,  which  are  shown  in  the
     Certificate Schedule; and

3. is the number of Accumulation  Units  outstanding at the end of the Valuation
Period.

The value of  Accumulation  Units is  expected  to  increase  or  decrease  from
Valuation Period to Valuation Period.  The number of Accumulation Units credited
to a certificate will not change as a result of any fluctuations in the value of
an Accumulation Unit.

<PAGE>

                               GUARANTEED ACCOUNT

GENERAL  DESCRIPTION - The Guaranteed  Account is a part of Our General Account.
The amount the  Certificateholder has in the Guaranteed Account at any time is a
result of Premiums that the Certificateholder has allocated to it or any part of
his/her Certificate Value he/she has transferred to it.

GUARANTEE  PERIOD - The  portion of the  Certificateholder's  Certificate  Value
within the Guaranteed  Account is credited with interest at rates  guaranteed by
Us for the Guarantee  Period of one year.  Interest is credited on a daily basis
at the then  applicable  effective  guaranteed  interest  rate for the Guarantee
Period.  If the  Certificateholder  has  allocated  any part of his/her  Initial
Premium  to the  Guaranteed  Account,  the  amount  allocated  is  shown  on the
Certificate Schedule.

The guaranteed  interest rate applicable to an allocation of Premium or transfer
of  Certificate  Value to the  Guarantee  Period is the rate in effect  for that
Guarantee   Period  at  the  time  of  the   allocation  or  transfer.   If  the
Certificateholder has allocated or transferred amounts at different times to the
Guaranteed  Account,  each  allocation  or transfer may have a unique  effective
guaranteed  interest rate  associated  with that amount.  We guarantee  that the
effective  annual rate of interest for the  Guaranteed  Account will not be less
than 3%.


<PAGE>

                                    TRANSFERS


During the Accumulation  Period, or after the Annuity Date,  provided a variable
Annuity Option was selected,  the  Certificateholder may transfer all or part of
his/her interest,  in a Subaccount,  or allocated to the Guaranteed  Account, to
another Subaccount or to the Guaranteed Account. However, after the Annuity Date
no transfers may be made between a Subaccount  and the Guaranteed  Account.  The
Transfer Fee is shown on the Certificate Schedule.

All transfers are subject to the following:

1.   The  deduction  of any  Transfer  Fee that may be  imposed  is shown in the
     Certificate  Schedule.  The Transfer  Fee will be deducted  from the amount
     which is transferred. However, no Transfer Fee will be imposed on transfers
     resulting from the expiration of a Guarantee Period.

2.   If We  have  not  received  transfer  instructions  prior  to the  end of a
     Guarantee Period in which the  Certificateholder  has Certificate Value, We
     will automatically transfer it to a new Guarantee Period and under the same
     restrictions as if he/she had requested such transfer.


3.   The minimum  amount which may be transferred is the lesser of (A) $1,000 or
     (B) the  Certificateholder's  entire  interest in the  Subaccount or in the
     amount allocated to the Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed Account.

4.   No  partial  transfer  will be made if, as a result of such  transfer,  the
     Certificateholder's remaining Certificate Value in the Subaccount or in the
     amount allocated to the Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed Account would be
     less than $1,000.

5.   Transfers  will be effected  during the  Valuation  Period  next  following
     receipt  by  Us of a  written  transfer  request  containing  all  required
     information.  However,  no  transfer  may be made  effective  within  seven
     calendar days of the date on which any annuity payment is due.

6. Any transfer request must clearly specify:

     a.   the amount which is to be transferred; and

     b. the Subaccounts or Guarantee Periods of the Guaranteed Account which are
to be affected.

7. After the Annuity Date,  transfers may not take place between a fixed Annuity
Option and a variable Annuity Option.



<PAGE>


                               CERTIFICATE CHARGES

MORTALITY  AND  EXPENSE  RISK CHARGE - We deduct a  Mortality  And Expense  Risk
Charge  equal,  on an  annual  basis,  to the  amount  shown on the  Certificate
Schedule.  We guarantee that the dollar amount of each annuity payment after the
first will not be affected by variations in mortality or expense experience.

ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSE  CHARGE - We deduct  an  Administrative  Expense  Charge
equal, on an annual basis, to the amount shown on the Certificate Schedule.  The
Administrative  Expense Charge  compensates Us for some of the costs  associated
with the administration of this certificate and the Variable Account.

CERTIFICATE  MAINTENANCE  CHARGE - We deduct an annual  Certificate  Maintenance
Charge shown on the Certificate  Schedule.  The Certificate  Maintenance  Charge
will be deducted  from the  Certificate  Value on each  Certificate  Anniversary
while this  certificate is in force.  Prior to the Annuity Date, the Certificate
Maintenance  Charge will be deducted  from the  Certificate  Value by  canceling
Accumulation  Units.  The number of Accumulation  Units to be canceled from each
applicable  Subaccount  will be in the ratio  that the value of each  Subaccount
bears to the total Certificate Value.

If this  certificate is surrendered for its full Surrender Value on other than a
Certificate Anniversary, the full Certificate Maintenance Charge due on the next
Certificate Anniversary will be deducted at the time of surrender.

On and after the  Annuity  Date,  the  Certificate  Maintenance  Charge  will be
pro-rated  and  collected on a monthly basis and this will result in a reduction
of the variable portion of the monthly annuity payments.


<PAGE>

DOLLAR COST  AVERAGING - Using Our Dollar Cost  Averaging Plan Request Form, the
Certificateholder  may elect automatic  monthly  transfers from the Money Market
Subaccount or Guaranteed  Account into Subaccounts for a specified dollar amount
or specified number of months in accordance with the following:

     1.   the  allocation  to the  Subaccounts  will  be  based  on the  Premium
          allocation that is in effect at the time of each
          transfer;

     2.   if the  Certificateholder  elects Dollar Cost Averaging in conjunction
          with his/her application for this certificate, the automatic transfers
          will begin on the first Monthly  Anniversary  following the end of the
          period described in the Right To Cancel This Certificate  provision in
          the first page allowing for the return of the certificate.

     3.   if the  Certificateholder  elects  Dollar  Cost  Averaging  after this
          certificate has been issued, the automatic transfers will begin on the
          second Monthly Anniversary following Our receipt of his/her election

     4.   this  option may be elected  at any time  provided  there is a minimum
          balance  of  $12,000  in the Money  Market  Subaccount  or  Guaranteed
          Account;

     5.   all Premiums  received after the date Dollar Cost Averaging is elected
          will be applied to the Money Market  Subaccount or Guaranteed  Account
          for the purpose of Dollar Cost Averaging.

If the Certificateholder elects to transfer a specific dollar amount each month,
automatic  transfers  will continue  until  his/her  Money Market  Subaccount or
Guaranteed Account is depleted. If he/she elects to transfer based on a specific
number of months,  each month We will  transfer a fraction of the balance in the
Money Market Fund or  Guaranteed  Account  equal to one divided by the number of
months remaining in the period. For example, if she/he elects to transfer over a
12 month period,  the first  transfer will be 1/12th of the balance in the Money
Market Fund or  Guaranteed  Account,  the second  transfer will be 1/11th of the
balance,  the third  transfer  will be 1/10th of the balance and so on until the
end of the requested period.

Automatic monthly transfers will continue until one of the following  conditions
occur:

     1.   the balance in the Money Market  subaccount or  Guaranteed  Account is
          depleted;

     2.   We receive the  Certificateholder's  written  request to cancel future
          transfers;

     3.   We receive notification of the death of the Certificateholder;

     4.   this certificate lapses.


<PAGE>


                               ANNUITY PROVISIONS


CHANGE IN ANNUITY DATE - The  Certificateholder  may,  upon at least thirty (30)
days prior written  notice to Us, at any time prior to the Annuity Date,  change
the Annuity Date shown on the Certificate Schedule. The Annuity Date must always
be the first day of a calendar month.


Unless We  approve  otherwise,  the new  Annuity  Date must be at least one year
after the  Effective  Date of the  certificate.  The latest  Annuity Date is the
first day of the first calendar month following the Annuitant's 90th birthday or
such earlier date as may be set by applicable law.


                                 ANNUITY OPTIONS

SELECTION OF ANNUITY  OPTION - If the Annuitant is alive on the Annuity Date, We
will  apply the  Certificate  Value to  provide an income on the basis of a life
income  with 10  years  guaranteed,  unless  another  annuity  option  has  been
selected.  The  Certificateholder  may  however,  upon at least thirty (30) days
prior written notice to Us, at any time prior to the Annuity Date, select and/or
change the Annuity  Option.  The Annuity Option he/she selects may be on a fixed
or variable basis, or a combination  thereof.  If, at the time of election of an
Annuity Option,  We are using more favorable rates, they will be used in lieu of
those here guaranteed. We may also make available other options.



OPTION 1 - LIFE INCOME.  Monthly annuity payments are paid during the life of an
Annuitant  ceasing  with the last Annuity  Payment due prior to the  Annuitant's
death.

OPTION 2 - LIFE INCOME WITH 10 YEAR GUARANTEE. Monthly annuity payments are paid
during the life of an Annuitant, but at least for a 10 year minimum period.

OPTION 3 - JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR  ANNUITY.  Monthly annuity  payments are paid
during the joint  lifetime of the Annuitant  and a designated  second person and
are paid thereafter  during the remaining  lifetime of the survivor ceasing with
the last annuity payment due prior to the survivor's death.


<PAGE>




FIXED OPTIONS

The amount of each  fixed  annuity  payment is  determined  by  multiplying  the
available  Certificate  Value  (after the  deduction  of any  premium  taxes not
previously  deducted)  by the  factor in the Fixed  Option  Table for the option
chosen,  using the age and sex of the  Annuitant  and Joint  Annuitant,  if any,
divided by 1,000.  The tables are determined  from the 1983  Individual  Annuity
Mortality  Table with  interest at the rate of 3% per annum.  If,  when  annuity
payments are elected,  We are using tables of annuity rates for these  contracts
which result in larger annuity payments,  We will use those tables instead.  The
annuity  payments,  determined at the time of their  election,  will not be less
than payments that would be provided by the application of the Certificate Value
to an immediate annuity then offered by Us at the time of election, for the same
class of annuitants.



VARIABLE OPTIONS

The amount of the first variable  annuity  payment depends on the Annuity Option
elected  and the  age and sex of the  Annuitant.  This  certificate  contains  a
Variable Options Table indicating the dollar amount of the first monthly payment
under each optional  annuity form for each $1,000 of value  applied.  The tables
are determined from the 1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table with interest at
the rate of 5% per annum.  If, when annuity  payments are elected,  We are using
tables of  annuity  rates for these  contracts  which  result in larger  annuity
payments, We will use those tables instead.

The 5% interest  rate assumed in the annuity  tables would produce level annuity
payments if the net investment rate remained constant at 5% per year. Subsequent
payments  will be less  than,  equal  to,  or  greater  than the  first  payment
depending upon whether the actual net investment rate is less than, equal to, or
greater than 5%.

The  dollar  amount of the first  variable  annuity  payment  is  determined  by
applying the available  Certificate  Value (after deduction of any premium taxes
not previously deducted) to the table using the age and sex of the Annuitant and
any joint Annuitant.  The number of Annuity Units is then determined by dividing
this dollar  amount by the then  current  Annuity  Unit value.  Thereafter,  the
number of Annuity Units remains unchanged during the period of annuity payments.
This  determination  is made  separately  for each  Subaccount  of the  Variable
Account.  The number of Annuity Units is determined  for each  Subaccount and is
based  upon the  available  value  in each  Subaccount  as of the  date  annuity
payments are to begin.  The dollar amount  determined for each  Subaccount  will
then be  aggregated  for purposes of making  payments.  The dollar amount of the
second and later  variable  annuity  payments  is equal to the number of Annuity
Units  determined  for each  Subaccount  times the  Annuity  Unit value for that
Subaccount  as of the due date of the  payment.  This  amount  may  increase  or
decrease  from month to month.  The value of an Annuity Unit for a Subaccount is
determined as shown below, by subtracting  item 2. from item 1. and dividing the
result by item 3. and  multiplying  the  result by a factor  to  neutralize  the
assumed net investment  rate,  discussed  above, of 5% per annum (which is built
into the  annuity  rate  tables  below and which is not  applicable  because the
actual net investment rate is credited instead) where:

1.    is the net result of:

     a)   the assets of the Subaccount  attributable to the Annuity Units;  plus
          or minus

     b)   the cumulative charge or credit for taxes reserved which is determined
          by Us to have resulted from the operation of the Subaccount;

2.   is the  cumulative  unpaid charge for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
     and  for  the  Administrative  Expense  Charge,  which  are  shown  in  the
     Certificate Schedule; and

3.   is the  number of Annuity  Units  outstanding  at the end of the  Valuation
     Period.

The value of an Annuity Unit may increase or decrease from  Valuation  Period to
Valuation Period.


<PAGE>

                                  DEATH BENEFIT

CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S  DEATH - In the event of the Certificateholder's death prior
to the Annuity Date, a death benefit is payable to the Beneficiary. The value of
the death benefit will be determined as of the date We receive proof of death in
a form  acceptable to Us. If there has been a change of  Certificateholder  from
one natural  person to another  natural  person,  the death  benefit will be the
Certificate Value unless the change of ownership results from the election, made
by a surviving  spouse as designated  Beneficiary  to continue the  certificate.
Otherwise, We will pay the death benefit equal to the greatest of:

1.   the total of all Premiums paid reduced  proportionally by any surrenders in
     the same proportion that the Certificate Value was reduced on the date of a
     surrender; or

2.   the Certificate Value; or

3.   the  greatest  Certificate  Value at any  seventh  Certificate  Anniversary
     reduced  proportionally  by any surrenders  subsequent to that  Certificate
     Anniversary in the same proportion  that the Certificate  Value was reduced
     on the  date of a  surrender,  plus any  Premium  paid  subsequent  to that
     Certificate Anniversary.

The amount of the reduction in the death benefit under items 1 and 3 above would
be determined as "A" multiplied by the result of "B" divided by "C" where:

"A" is the death  benefit  prior to the  partial  surrender,  "B" is the partial
surrender  amount,  and  "C" is  the  Certificate  Value  prior  to the  partial
surrender.

Example:  If the death  benefit prior to the partial  surrender is $50,000,  the
Certificate  Value prior to the  partial  surrender  is  $40,000,  and a $10,000
partial  surrender is  requested,  the  reduction in the death benefit as of the
date    of    the    partial     surrender     would    be     determined     as
follows:

                      $10,000
       $50,000  x    ------------- =    $12,500
                      $40,000



The Beneficiary may elect the death benefit to be paid as follows:

1.   payment  of the  entire  death  benefit  within  5 years of the date of the
     Certificateholder's death; or

2.   payment  over a period not  extending  beyond the life  expectancy  of such
     designated  Beneficiary  based on Tables V and VI of section  1.72-9 of the
     Income Tax Regulation with distribution beginning within 1 year of the date
     of death of the Certificateholder; or

3.   if the designated  Beneficiary is  Certificateholder's  spouse,  he/she can
     continue the certificate in his/her own name.

If no payment  option is elected  within 60 days of Our  receipt of proof of the
Certificateholder's  death, a single sum  settlement  will be made at the end of
the sixty (60) day period  following  such  receipt.  Upon  payment of the death
benefit, this certificate will end.

If the  Certificateholder  is a  person  other  than the  Annuitant,  and if the
his/her  death  occurs on or after the Annuity  Date,  no death  benefit will be
payable under this certificate.  Any guaranteed  payments  remaining unpaid will
continue to be paid to the Annuitant  pursuant to the Annuity Option in force at
the date of the his/her death.  If the  Certificateholder  is not an individual,
the Annuitant shall be treated as the  Certificateholder  and any change of such
first named Annuitant, will be treated as if the Certificateholder died.

DEATH  OF  THE  ANNUITANT  -  If  the  Annuitant  is a  person  other  than  the
Certificateholder,  and if the  Annuitant  dies before the Annuity  Date,  a new
Annuitant  may be named by the  Certificateholder.  If no new Annuitant is named
within sixty (60) days of Our receipt of proof of death,  the  Certificateholder
will be the new  Annuitant.  If the Annuitant  dies after the Annuity Date,  the
remaining payments,  if any, will be as specified in the Annuity Option elected.
We will require proof of the Annuitant's death. Death benefits,  if any, will be
paid to the  designated  Beneficiary  at least as rapidly as under the method of
distribution in effect at the Annuitant's death.


<PAGE>


The new death benefit would be:

$50,000 - $12,500 = $37,500


                              SURRENDER PROVISIONS

SURRENDER - While this  certificate  is in force and before the Annuity Date, We
will,  upon  written  request,  allow the  surrender of all or a portion of this
certificate for its Surrender Value.  Surrenders will result in the cancellation
of Accumulation  Units from each applicable  Subaccount and the reduction in the
Guaranteed  Account  in the  ratio  that the  value of each  bears to the  total
Certificate  Value.  The  Certificateholder  must  specify in writing in advance
which  units are to be  canceled  if other  than the above  mentioned  method of
cancellation  is desired.  We will pay the amount of any surrender  within seven
(7) days of receipt of a request unless the "Delay of Payments"  provision is in
effect.

The Surrender Value will be the Certificate  Value as of the date of Our receipt
of the Certificateholder's written surrender request, reduced by the sum of:

1.   any applicable premium taxes not previously deducted; plus

2.   any applicable Certificate Maintenance Charge; plus

3.   any applicable Surrender Charge.

CALCULATION OF SURRENDER  CHARGE - If all or a portion of the Surrender Value is
surrendered, a Surrender Charge will be calculated at the time of each surrender
and will be deducted from the  Certificate  Value.  In calculating the Surrender
Charge,  Premiums  will be  allocated  at the time of  surrender  on a first-in,
first-out basis.

The amount of the Surrender Charge is calculated by:

1.    reducing the amount to be surrendered by the greater of:

     a)  the accumulated  earnings of this  certificate  (i.e.,  the Certificate
         Value  minus   Premiums  which  have  not  been  allocated  to  amounts
         previously surrendered); or
     b)  10% of all remaining unsurrendered Premiums, decreased by any surrender
         made since the last Certificate Anniversary; then

2.    allocating Premiums to the remaining amount to be surrendered; and

3.   multiplying  each such allocated  Premium by the  applicable  Percentage of
     Premium shown in the Certificate Schedule for the period since such Premium
     was paid; and

4. adding the products of each multiplication in (3) above.

For a  partial  surrender,  the  Surrender  Charge  will be  deducted  from  the
remaining  Certificate Value, if sufficient;  otherwise it will be deducted from
the amount surrendered. Partial surrenders will be considered in calculating any
death benefit payable under this certificate.




<PAGE>


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                DELAY OF PAYMENTS

We will make any payments under this  certificate  within 7 days (or any shorter
period,  if required by law) of a request received in good order. We reserve the
right to suspend or postpone any type of payment  from the Variable  Account for
any period when:

1.   the New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than customary  weekend and
     holiday closings:

2.   trading on the Exchange is restricted;

3.   an emergency  exists as a result of which it is not reasonably  practicable
     to dispose of securities  held in the Variable  Account or determine  their
     value; or

4.   the Securities and Exchange  Commission so permits delay for the protection
     of security holders.

The applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission will govern as to
whether the conditions in 2. or 3. exist.

We reserve the right to delay any type of payment  from the General  Account for
up to six (6) months from the date we receive the request for payment.


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                            Options On A Fixed Basis
                             Option 1: Life Income*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000

          <S>    <C>   <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>   <C>   <C>
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female
           30    3.16    3.03            44    3.65   3.42            58    4.61    4.18            72    6.84    5.93
           31    3.19    3.05            45    3.70   3.46            59    4.71    4.26            73    7.09    6.14
           32    3.21    3.07            46    3.75   3.50            60    4.82    4.35            74    7.35    6.36
           33    3.24    3.10            47    3.81   3.54            61    4.94    4.44            75    7.63    6.59
           34    3.27    3.12            48    3.86   3.59            62    5.06    4.53            76    7.93    6.85
           35    3.30    3.14            49    3.92   3.63            63    5.19    4.63            77    8.26    7.13
           36    3.33    3.17            50    3.98   3.68            64    5.33    4.74            78    8.60    7.42
           37    3.37    3.20            51    4.05   3.73            65    5.48    4.86            79    8.97    7.74
           38    3.40    3.22            52    4.12   3.79            66    5.64    4.98            80    9.37    8.09
           39    3.44    3.25            53    4.19   3.85            67    5.81    5.11            81    9.79    8.47
           40    3.48    3.28            54    4.26   3.91            68    5.99    5.25            82   10.25    8.88
           41    3.52    3.32            55    4.34   3.97            69    6.18    5.40            83   10.73    9.32
           42    3.56    3.35            56    4.43   4.04            70    6.39    5.56            84   11.25    9.80
           43    3.61    3.38            57    4.52   4.11            71    6.61    5.74            85   11.81   10.32

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
            Option 2: Life Income with 10 years Payments Guaranteed*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000
          <S>    <C>   <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>   <C>   <C>
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female
           30    3.16    3.03            44    3.64   3.42            58    4.55    4.16            72    6.35    5.72
           31    3.18    3.05            45    3.69   3.45            59    4.65    4.23            73    6.51    5.88
           32    3.21    3.07            46    3.74   3.49            60    4.74    4.31            74    6.68    6.05
           33    3.24    3.09            47    3.79   3.54            61    4.85    4.40            75    6.86    6.23
           34    3.27    3.12            48    3.84   3.58            62    4.96    4.49            76    7.03    6.42
           35    3.30    3.14            49    3.90   3.62            63    5.07    4.58            77    7.21    6.60
           36    3.33    3.17            50    3.96   3.67            64    5.19    4.68            78    7.39    6.80
           37    3.36    3.19            51    4.02   3.72            65    5.32    4.79            79    7.56    7.00
           38    3.40    3.22            52    4.09   3.78            66    5.45    4.90            80    7.74    7.20
           39    3.43    3.25            53    4.15   3.83            67    5.58    5.02            81    7.91    7.40
           40    3.47    3.28            54    4.23   3.89            68    5.73    5.14            82    8.08    7.61
           41    3.51    3.31            55    4.30   3.95            69    5.88    5.28            83    8.25    7.80
           42    3.55    3.35            56    4.38   4.02            70    6.03    5.42            84    8.40    8.00
           43    3.60    3.38            57    4.46   4.08            71    6.19    5.56            85    8.55    8.19

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                                   Option 3: Joint (Male and Female) and Last Survivor*
                                                 Monthly Income per $1,000
                       <S>               <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>            
                       Female Age -      40      45     50      55      60      65      70      75
                           Male Age
                           40           3.13   3.20    3.27    3.32    3.37    3.40    3.43    3.45
                           45           3.17   3.27    3.36    3.44    3.52    3.57    3.62    3.65
                           50           3.20   3.32    3.44    3.56    3.67    3.76    3.83    3.89
                           55           3.23   3.36    3.51    3.67    3.82    3.96    4.08    4.18
                           60           3.25   3.39    3.57    3.76    3.96    4.17    4.35    4.51
                           65           3.26   3.42    3.61    3.83    4.08    4.36    4.64    4.89
                           70           3.27   3.43    3.63    3.88    4.17    4.52    4.90    5.29
                           75           3.27   3.44    3.65    3.91    4.24    4.64    5.12    5.66
</TABLE>

*   Values  are based on the 1983 IAM Table  projected  with Scale G to the year
    2010,  with  interest at 3.00%.  The values shown have not been adjusted for
    the annual certificate maintenance charge described on pages 3 and 9.
    Values not shown are available from Our Administrative Office on request.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                           Options On A Variable Basis
                             Option 1: Life Income*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000
          <S>    <C>   <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>   <C>   <C>
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female
           30    4.47    4.36            44    4.90   4.68            58    5.80    5.37            72    8.02    7.07
           31    4.49    4.38            45    4.94   4.71            59    5.90    5.44            73    8.27    7.28
           32    4.51    4.39            46    4.99   4.74            60    6.00    5.52            74    8.54    7.50
           33    4.54    4.41            47    5.04   4.78            61    6.12    5.61            75    8.82    7.74
           34    4.56    4.43            48    5.09   4.82            62    6.24    5.70            76    9.12    8.00
           35    4.59    4.45            49    5.14   4.86            63    6.37    5.80            77    9.45    8.28
           36    4.61    4.47            50    5.20   4.91            64    6.51    5.90            78    9.80    8.57
           37    4.64    4.49            51    5.26   4.95            65    6.65    6.01            79   10.17    8.90
           38    4.67    4.51            52    5.33   5.00            66    6.81    6.13            80   10.57    9.25
           39    4.70    4.54            53    5.40   5.05            67    6.98    6.26            81   11.00    9.63
           40    4.74    4.56            54    5.47   5.11            68    7.17    6.40            82   11.46   10.04
           41    4.78    4.59            55    5.54   5.17            69    7.36    6.55            83   11.95   10.49
           42    4.81    4.62            56    5.62   5.23            70    7.57    6.71            84   12.47   10.98
           43    4.85    4.64            57    5.71   5.30            71    7.79    6.88            85   13.03   11.50
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

            Option 2: Life Income with 10 years Payments Guaranteed*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000
          <S>    <C>   <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>    <C>   <C>              <C>   <C>   <C>
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female
           30    4.47    4.36            44    4.88   4.67            58    5.72    5.33            72    7.43    6.81
           31    4.49    4.38            45    4.92   4.70            59    5.81    5.40            73    7.59    6.97
           32    4.51    4.39            46    4.97   4.74            60    5.90    5.48            74    7.75    7.13
           33    4.53    4.41            47    5.01   4.77            61    6.00    5.55            75    7.91    7.30
           34    4.55    4.43            48    5.06   4.81            62    6.10    5.64            76    8.08    7.48
           35    4.58    4.44            49    5.11   4.85            63    6.21    5.73            77    8.24    7.66
           36    4.61    4.46            50    5.17   4.89            64    6.32    5.82            78    8.41    7.84
           37    4.63    4.49            51    5.22   4.94            65    6.44    5.92            79    8.58    8.03
           38    4.66    4.51            52    5.28   4.98            66    6.57    6.03            80    8.74    8.23
           39    4.70    4.53            53    5.34   5.03            67    6.70    6.14            81    8.91    8.42
           40    4.73    4.56            54    5.41   5.09            68    6.84    6.26            82    9.07    8.61
           41    4.76    4.58            55    5.48   5.14            69    6.98    6.39            83    9.22    8.80
           42    4.80    4.61            56    5.56   5.20            70    7.12    6.52            84    9.37    8.98
           43    4.84    4.64            57    5.63   5.26            71    7.27    6.66            85    9.51    9.16

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                                 Option 3: Joint (Male and Female) and Last Survivor*
                                               Monthly Income per $1,000
                       <S>               <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>          
                       Female Age -      40      45     50      55      60      65      70      75
                           Male Age

                           40           4.41   4.47    4.52    4.57    4.61    4.65    4.68    4.70
                           45           4.45   4.52    4.60    4.67    4.73    4.79    4.83    4.87
                           50           4.48   4.57    4.66    4.76    4.86    4.95    5.02    5.08
                           55           4.50   4.60    4.72    4.86    4.99    5.12    5.24    5.34
                           60           4.52   4.63    4.78    4.94    5.12    5.31    5.49    5.65
                           65           4.53   4.66    4.82    5.01    5.23    5.48    5.75    6.00
                           70           4.54   4.67    4.85    5.06    5.32    5.64    6.00    6.38
                           75           4.55   4.69    4.87    5.10    5.39    5.77    6.22    6.74
</TABLE>

*   Values  are based on the 1983 IAM Table  projected  with Scale G to the year
    2010,  with  interest at 5.00%.  The values shown have not been adjusted for
    the annual certificate maintenance charge described on pages 3 and 9.
    Values not shown are available from Our Administrative Office on request.



                                  EXHIBIT 4(d)

               Form of Variable Annuity Certificate of Coverage (26GVAN897NY)

<PAGE>
American International Life Assurance
Company of New York
80 Pine Street
New York, New York 10270
A capital stock company

 This is a legal contract issued in  consideration of the payment of the Initial
 Premium.  We will make annuity  payments to the  Annuitant as set forth in this
 certificate beginning on the Annuity Date.

 READ YOUR CERTIFICATE CAREFULLY

RIGHT TO CANCEL THIS CERTIFICATE

This  certificate may be returned within 10 days after You receive it. It can be
mailed or delivered  to either Us or Our agent.  Return of this  certificate  by
mail is effective as of the date of its postmark, properly addressed and postage
pre-paid. The returned certificate will be treated as if We had never issued it.
We will promptly refund the Certificate Value as of the date of return; this may
be more or less than the Premium paid.

This is a variable annuity  certificate.  Annuity payments and Certificate Value
may increase or decrease  depending on the  experience  of the Variable  Account
identified in the Certificate Schedule.

The assets of the Variable  Account  must earn a minimum  annual rate of 6.4% so
that the dollar amount of the variable  annuity payments will not decrease below
the level shown in the Options On A Variable Basis Table on page 15.

Signed by the Company


s/ Elizabeth M. Tuck                                 /s/ R J O'Connell

Secretary                                            President


                             CERTIFICATE OF COVERAGE

                                VARIABLE ANNUITY
                                NONPARTICIPATING



<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                            PAGE
                          CERTIFICATE SCHEDULE               3
                          DEFINITIONS                        4
                          GENERAL PROVISIONS                 5
                          OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS               6
                          BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS             6
                          PREMIUM PROVISIONS                 6
                          VARIABLE ACCOUNT                   7
                          GUARANTEED ACCOUNT                 7
                          TRANSFERS                          8
                          CERTIFICATE CHARGES                9
                          DOLLAR COST AVERAGING              9
                          ANNUITY PROVISIONS                 10
                          ANNUITY OPTIONS                    10
                          DEATH BENEFIT                      12
                          SURRENDER PROVISIONS               13
                          DELAY OF PAYMENTS                  13
                          FIXED OPTIONS TABLE                14
                          VARIABLE OPTIONS TABLE             15



<PAGE>



                              CERTIFICATE SCHEDULE



GROUP CONTRACTHOLDER:  [DIRECT CONSUMER'S GROUP TRUST DATED APRIL 8, 1996]

GROUP CONTRACT NUMBER:  0004

CERTIFICATE NUMBER:   ( 12345 )               INITIAL PREMIUM:    ($5,000)

CERTIFICATEHOLDER(S): (JOHN DOE)              MINIMUM SUBSEQUENT PREMIUM: $1,000

ANNUITANT:            (JOHN DOE)              EFFECTIVE DATE: ( 10/01/1996 )

BENEFICIARY:          (JANE DOE)              ANNUITY DATE: ( 10/01/2036 )


CERTIFICATE MAINTENANCE CHARGE: $30.00 each Certificate Year. Before the Annuity
Date,  this  charge  will be waived  for each year  that the  Certificate  Value
exceeds $50,000 on the Certificate Anniversary.

ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE: Equal on an annual basis to .15% of the average daily net
assets of the Variable Account.

MORTALITY  AND EXPENSE  RISK  CHARGE:  Equal on an annual  basis to 1.25% of the
average daily net assets of the Variable Account.

[ANNUAL  RATCHET RIDER  CHARGE:  Equal on an annual basis to .10% of the average
daily net assets of the Variable Account; calculated and deducted monthly.]

The assets of the Variable  Account  must earn a minimum  annual rate of 6.4% so
that the dollar amount of the variable  annuity payments will not decrease below
the level shown in the Options On A Variable Basis Table on page 15.

TRANSFER  FEE:  $10.00  However,  we will  not make a  charge  for the  first 12
transfers in any policy year.

SURRENDER CHARGE:

Number of Complete Years  Percentage of  Number of Complete Years  Percentage of
Since Premium Payment     Premium        Since Premium Payment        Premium

      0                      6%                       4                 4%
      1                      6%                       5                 3%
      2                      5%                       6                 2%
      3                      5%                       7                 0%


SEPARATE ACCOUNT ALLOCATIONS:       [Variable Account A]
                                   [                          %]

                                   [                          %]

GENERAL ACCOUNT ALLOCATION:
ONE YEAR GUARANTEE PERIOD: [                              %]


ANNUITY SERVICE OFFICE:
                     [ AI Life Assurance Company of New York
                     c/o Delaware Valley Financial Services
                                 300 Berwyn Park
                                  P.O. Box 3031
                              Berwyn, PA 19312-0031
                                (800) 255-8402 ]


<PAGE>



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                   DEFINITIONS


ACCUMULATION  UNIT - An  accounting  unit  of  measure  used  to  calculate  the
Certificate Value prior to the Annuity Date.

ADMINISTRATIVE  OFFICE - The Annuity Service Office of the Company as designated
on the Certificate Schedule.

ANNUITANT - The person  designated by the Owner upon whose  continuation of life
any annuity payment involving life contingencies depends.

ANNUITY DATE - The date on which annuity payments are to commence.

ANNUITY OPTION - An arrangement under which annuity payments are made under this
Certificate.

ANNUITY UNIT - An accounting unit of measure used to calculate  annuity payments
after the Annuity Date.

CERTIFICATE  ANNIVERSARY  -  An  anniversary  of  the  Effective  Date  of  this
Certificate.

CERTIFICATE  VALUE - The dollar  value as of any  Valuation  Date of all amounts
accumulated under this Certificate.

CERTIFICATE  YEAR - Each  period  of  twelve  (12)  months  commencing  with the
Effective Date.

EFFECTIVE DATE - The date shown on the  Certificate  Schedule on which the first
Certificate Year begins.


ELIGIBLE  INVESTMENT(S) - Those  investments  available  under the  Certificate.
Eligible  Investments,  at the time this Certificate is issued, are shown in the
application for this Certificate.

GUARANTEED ACCOUNT - A part of Our General Account which earns a Guaranteed Rate
of interest.

OWNER - The Owner is named in the Certificate Schedule, as the Certificateholder
unless changed, and has all rights under this Certificate.

PREMIUM - Purchase payments are referred to in this Certificate as Premiums.

SUBACCOUNT  - A division  of the  Variable  Account  established  to invest in a
particular portfolio of Eligible Investments.

VALUATION DATE - Each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

VALUATION  PERIOD - The period  between  the close of  business  of the New York
Stock  Exchange on any  Valuation  Date and the close of  business  for the next
succeeding Valuation Date.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT - The Separate Account designated on the Certificate Schedule.

WE, OUR, US - American International Life Assurance Company of New York .

YOU, YOUR - The Owner of this Certificate.


<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS


THE  CERTIFICATE  - The entire  contract  consists of the group  contract,  this
certificate  and any attached  endorsement,  rider or  application.  This entire
certificate consists of this certificate, and any attached endorsement, rider or
application. This Certificate may be changed or altered only by Our President or
Secretary. Any change, modification or waiver must be made in writing.

NON-PARTICIPATION   IN  SURPLUS  -  This  Certificate  does  not  share  in  any
distribution of Our profits or surplus.

INCONTESTABILITY - This Certificate is not contestable.

MISSTATEMENT  OF  AGE OR SEX - We  will  require  proof  of age  and  sex of the
Annuitant   before  making  any  life  annuity  payment  provided  for  by  this
Certificate.  If the age or sex of the Annuitant has been misstated,  the amount
payable will be the amount that the Certificate Value would have provided at the
true age or sex.

Once annuity payments have begun, any  underpayments  will be made up in one sum
including  interest at the annual rate of 3%,  unless a higher  interest rate is
required by the law of the  jurisdiction  where this  Certificate  is delivered,
with the next annuity  payment.  Overpayments  including  interest at the annual
rate  of 3%,  unless  a  higher  interest  rate  is  required  by the law of the
jurisdiction  where this  Certificate  is  delivered,  will be deducted from the
future annuity payments until the total is repaid.

CERTIFICATE SETTLEMENT - This Certificate must be returned to Us upon settlement
as a death claim.  Prior to any settlement as a death claim,  due proof of death
must be submitted to Us.

REPORTS - We will furnish You with a report showing the Certificate Value, Cash
Surrender Value and Death Benefit at least once each calendar year. We will also
furnish an annual report of the Variable Account.
These reports will be sent to Your last known address.

TAXES - Any taxes paid to any  governmental  entity will be charged  against the
Premiums  or  the  Certificate  Value,  depending  upon  the  Owner's  state  of
residence.  We may, at Our sole  discretion,  pay taxes when due and deduct that
amount from the Certificate  Value at a later date. Our payment of such taxes at
an  earlier  date does not waive  any right We may have to deduct  amounts  at a
later date.

EVIDENCE OF SURVIVAL - Where any benefits  under this  contract  are  contingent
upon  the  recipient  being  alive  on a  given  date,  We  will  require  proof
satisfactory to Us that the condition has been met.

PROTECTION  OF PROCEEDS - No  Beneficiary  or payee may  commute,  or assign any
payments under this Certificate  before they are due. To the extent permitted by
law, no payments will be subject to the debts of any Beneficiary or payee nor to
any judicial process for payment of those debts.

MODIFICATION  OF  CERTIFICATE  - This  Certificate  may not be  modified  by Us,
without Your consent  except as may be required by applicable  law. If the state
insurance  laws  or  regulations,   the  federal   securities  or  tax  laws  or
regulations,  or any  regulations  under which this contract would qualify as an
annuity change, We may amend this Certificate to comply with these changes.

MINIMUM BENEFITS - Any paid-up annuity, cash surrender or death benefit that may
be available under this contract is not less than the minimum benefits  required
by statute in the jurisdiction in which this Certificate is delivered.

CONTINUATION  OF  CERTIFICATE  COVERAGE - If the group contract under which this
certificate  is issued should  terminate,  coverage may be continued  under this
certificate  by the timely  payment of premiums  directly to our  Administrative
Office or to one of our agents.


<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              OWNERSHIP PROVISIONS

OWNER - The Owner is named in the Certificate Schedule.

The Owner may exercise all the rights of this Certificate, subject to the rights
of:

1.    any assignee under an assignment filed with Our Administrative Office; and

2. any irrevocably named Beneficiary.

TRANSFER OF  OWNERSHIP  - You may  transfer  Ownership  of this  Certificate.  A
written  request,  dated and signed by You,  must be sent to and received by Our
Administrative  Office.  We may  require  this  contract  for  endorsement.  The
transfer  will take effect as of the date the request was  received and recorded
at Our Administrative Office.


Transfer  of  Ownership  does not  change  the  Beneficiary,  nor  transfer  the
Beneficiary's  interest.  Any change or transfer of  Ownership is subject to any
payment  made  by Us  before  the  request  is  received  and  recorded  at  Our
Administrative Office.

ASSIGNMENT - You may assign this  Certificate.  A copy of any assignment must be
filed with Our Administrative Office. We are not responsible for the validity of
any  assignment.  If You assign this  Certificate,  Your rights and those of any
revocably-named person will be subject to the assignment. An assignment will not
affect any  payments We may make or actions We may take  before such  assignment
has been  recorded at Our  Administrative  Office.  A change in  ownership or an
assignment may result in adverse tax consequences.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             BENEFICIARY PROVISIONS


BENEFICIARY - The Beneficiary will receive the death benefit. The Beneficiary is
named in the Certificate Schedule.

DEATH OF  BENEFICIARY  - If no named  beneficiary  is living at the time a death
benefit becomes payable we will pay the death benefit to Your estate.


CHANGE OF BENEFICIARY - To change a beneficiary,  a written request for a change
of beneficiary,  dated and signed by You, must be received at Our Administrative
Office. If the request is received at Our Administrative  Office after the death
of the Owner,  it will be effective only if no payment has been made.  After the
change is recorded, it will take effect as of the date the request was signed.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               PREMIUM PROVISIONS

PREMIUM  -  The  Initial  Premium  is  due  on or  before  the  Effective  Date.
Thereafter,  Premium payments may be made at any time prior to the Annuity Date,
in an amount equal to or greater  than the Minimum  Subsequent  Premium  amount,
shown on the Certificate Schedule page.


ALLOCATION OF PREMIUM PAYMENTS - Premiums may be allocated to one or more of the
Subaccounts  of  the  Variable  Account  or to  the  Guaranteed  Account.  Whole
percentages  must be used. The allocation of the Initial Premium is shown on the
Certificate  Schedule.  You may change the allocation by written  request at any
time. Any subsequent  Premium  received will be allocated in accordance with the
most recently received allocation instructions.


<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                VARIABLE ACCOUNT

GENERAL  DESCRIPTION  - The  name  of  the  Variable  Account  is  shown  in the
Certificate Schedule. The assets of the Variable Account and each Subaccount are
Our  property but are not  chargeable  with the  liabilities  arising out of any
other business We may conduct, except to the extent that Variable Account assets
exceed Variable Account liabilities arising under the contracts supported by the
Variable Account.  The Variable Account and each Subaccount is separate from the
Our General Account and any other separate account or Subaccount We may have.

INVESTMENT  ALLOCATIONS TO THE VARIABLE  ACCOUNT - The Variable Account consists
of Subaccounts  and each Subaccount may invest its assets in a separate class of
shares of a designated investment company or companies.

We have the right to change, add or delete designated investment  companies.  We
have the right to add or remove  Subaccounts.  We also have the right to combine
any two or more Subaccounts.

VALUATION OF ASSETS - Assets within each  Subaccount will be valued at their net
asset value on each Valuation Date.

CERTIFICATE VALUE - Premiums are allocated among the various  Subaccounts within
the Variable  Account.  For each  Subaccount,  the Premiums are  converted  into
Accumulation Units. The number of Accumulation Units credited to the contract is
determined by dividing the Premiums  allocated to the Subaccount by the value of
the  Accumulation  Unit  for  the  Subaccount.  Surrenders  will  result  in the
cancellation of Accumulation  Units.  The value of the Certificate is the sum of
the  values  for the  Certificate  within  each  Subaccount  and the  Guaranteed
Account. The value of each Subaccount is determined by multiplying the number of
Accumulation Units attributable to the Subaccount by the Accumulation Unit value
for the Subaccount, independent of the value of any other Subaccount.

ACCUMULATION  UNIT  VALUES - The  value of an  Accumulation  Unit  will  vary in
accordance with the investment  experience of the underlying  portfolio in which
the Subaccount invests.  The value of Accumulation Units in each subaccount will
change  daily  to  reflect  the  investment   experience  of  the  corresponding
underlying  portfolio as well as the daily deduction of the Certificate Charges.
The value of an Accumulation Unit for a Subaccount is determined as shown below,
by subtracting item 2. from 1. and dividing the result by item 3, where

1. is the net result of:

     a)   the assets of the Subaccount  attributable to the Accumulation  Units;
          plus or minus
         
     b)   the cumulative charge or credit for taxes reserved which is determined
          by Us to have resulted from the operation of the Subaccount;

2. is the cumulative unpaid charge for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and
for the  Administrative  Expense  Charge,  which  are  shown in the  Certificate
Schedule; and

3. is the number of Accumulation  Units  outstanding at the end of the Valuation
Period. The value of Accumulation Units is expected to increase or decrease from
Valuation Period to Valuation Period.  The number of Accumulation Units credited
to a certificate will not change as a result of any fluctuations in the value of
an Accumulation Unit.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               GUARANTEED ACCOUNT

GENERAL  DESCRIPTION - The Guaranteed  Account is a part of Our General Account.
The  amount  You have in the  Guaranteed  Account  at any  time is a  result  of
Premiums You have allocated to it or any part of Your Certificate Value you have
transferred to it.

GUARANTEE PERIOD - The portion of Your  Certificate  Value within the Guaranteed
Account is credited  with  interest at rates  guaranteed by Us for the Guarantee
Period of one year. Interest is credited on a daily basis at the then applicable
effective  guaranteed  interest  rate  for the  Guarantee  Period.  If You  have
allocated any part of Your Initial Premium to the Guaranteed Account, the amount
allocated is shown on the Certificate Schedule.

The guaranteed  interest rate applicable to an allocation of Premium or transfer
of  Certificate  Value to the  Guarantee  Period is the rate in effect  for that
Guarantee  Period  at the  time  of the  allocation  or  transfer.  If You  have
allocated or transferred  amounts at different times to the Guaranteed  Account,
each allocation or transfer may have a unique effective guaranteed interest rate
associated  with that amount.  We guarantee  that the  effective  annual rate of
interest for the Guaranteed Account will not be less than 3%.


<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                    TRANSFERS

During the Accumulation  Period, or after the Annuity Date,  provided a variable
Annuity Option was selected, You may transfer all or part of Your interest, in a
Subaccount,  or allocated to the Guaranteed Account, to another Subaccount or to
the Guaranteed Account. However, after the Annuity Date no transfers may be made
between a Subaccount  and the Guaranteed  Account.  The Transfer Fee is shown on
the Certificate Schedule.

All transfers are subject to the following:

1.   The  deduction  of any  Transfer  Fee that may be  imposed  is shown in the
     Certificate  Schedule.  The Transfer  Fee will be deducted  from the amount
     which is transferred. However, no Transfer Fee will be imposed on transfers
     resulting from the expiration of a Guarantee Period.

2.   If We  have  not  received  transfer  instructions  prior  to the  end of a
     Guarantee Period in which You have Certificate Value, We will automatically
     transfer it to a new Guarantee Period and under the same restrictions as if
     You had requested such transfer.

3.   The minimum  amount which may be transferred is the lesser of (A) $1,000 or
     (B) Your entire  interest in the  Subaccount or in the amount  allocated to
     the Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed Account.

4.   No partial  transfer  will be made if, as a result of such  transfer,  Your
     remaining Certificate Value in the Subaccount or in the amount allocated to
     the Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed Account would be less than $1,000.

5.   Transfers  will be effected  during the  Valuation  Period  next  following
     receipt  by  Us of a  written  transfer  request  containing  all  required
     information.  However,  no  transfer  may be made  effective  within  seven
     calendar days of the date on which any annuity payment is due.

6. Any transfer request must clearly specify:

     a.   the amount which is to be transferred; and

     b. the Subaccounts or Guarantee Period of the Guaranteed  Account which are
to be affected.

7.   After  the  Annuity  Date,  transfers  may not take  place  between a fixed
     Annuity Option and a variable Annuity Option.


<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CERTIFICATE CHARGES

MORTALITY  AND  EXPENSE  RISK CHARGE - We deduct a  Mortality  And Expense  Risk
Charge  equal,  on an  annual  basis,  to the  amount  shown on the  Certificate
Schedule.  We guarantee that the dollar amount of each annuity payment after the
first will not be affected by variations in mortality or expense experience.

ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSE  CHARGE - We deduct  an  Administrative  Expense  Charge
equal, on an annual basis, to the amount shown on the Certificate Schedule.  The
Administrative  Expense Charge  compensates Us for some of the costs  associated
with the administration of this Certificate and the Variable Account.

CERTIFICATE  MAINTENANCE  CHARGE - We deduct an annual  Certificate  Maintenance
Charge shown on the Certificate  Schedule.  The Certificate  Maintenance  Charge
will be deducted  from the  Certificate  Value on each  Certificate  Anniversary
while this  Certificate is in force.  Prior to the Annuity Date, the Certificate
Maintenance  Charge will be deducted  from the  Certificate  Value by  canceling
Accumulation  Units.  The number of Accumulation  Units to be canceled from each
applicable  Subaccount  will be in the ratio  that the value of each  Subaccount
bears to the total Certificate Value.

If this  Certificate is surrendered for its full Surrender Value on other than a
Certificate Anniversary, the full Certificate Maintenance Charge due on the next
Certificate Anniversary will be deducted at the time of surrender.

On and after the  Annuity  Date,  the  Certificate  Maintenance  Charge  will be
pro-rated  and  collected on a monthly basis and this will result in a reduction
of the monthly annuity payments.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              DOLLAR COST AVERAGING

Dollar Cost  Averaging.  Using Our Dollar Cost  Averaging Plan Request Form, You
may elect  automatic  monthly  transfers  from the Money  Market  Subaccount  or
Guaranteed Account into Subaccounts for a specified dollar amount or specified
number of months in accordance with the following:

     1.   the  allocation  to the  Subaccounts  will  be  based  on the  premium
          allocation that is in effect at the time of each transfer;

     2.   if  you  elect  Dollar  Cost  Averaging  in   conjunction   with  Your
          application for this Certificate,  the automatic  transfers will begin
          on the  first  Monthly  Anniversary  following  the end of the  period
          described  in the Right To Cancel This  Certificate  provision in the
          first page allowing for the return of the Certificate.

     3.   if you elect Dollar Cost Averaging  after this Policy has been issued,
          the automatic  transfers will begin on the second Monthly  Anniversary
          following Our receipt of Your election;

     4.   this  option may be elected  at any time  provided  there is a minimum
          balance  of  $12,000  in the Money  Market  Subaccount  or  Guaranteed
          Account;

     5.   all premiums  received  after the date you elect Dollar Cost Averaging
          will be applied to the Money Market  Subaccount or Guaranteed  Account
          for the purpose of Dollar Cost Averaging.

If you  elect to  transfer  a  specific  dollar  amount  each  month,  automatic
transfers will continue until Your Money Market Subaccount or Guaranteed Account
is depleted. If you elect to transfer based on a specific number of months, each
month We will  transfer a fraction  of the  balance in the Money  Market Fund or
Guaranteed Account equal to one divided by the number of months remaining in the
period. For example,  if You elect to transfer over a 12 month period, the first
transfer  will  be1/12th of the balance in the Money  Market Fund or  Guaranteed
Account,  the second transfer will be 1/11th of the balance,  the third transfer
will be 1/10th of the balance and so on until the end of the requested period.

Automatic monthly transfers will continue until one of the following  conditions
occur:

     1.   the balance in the Money Market  subaccount or  Guaranteed  Account is
          depleted;

     2.   We receive Your written request to cancel future transfers;

     3.   We receive  notification of the death of the Insured  Person; 

     4.   this Policy lapses.

<PAGE>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               ANNUITY PROVISIONS

CHANGE IN ANNUITY DATE - You may,  upon at least thirty (30) days prior  written
notice to Us, at any time prior to the Annuity  Date,  change the  Annuity  Date
shown on the Certificate Schedule. The Annuity Date must always be the first day
of a calendar month.

Unless We  approve  otherwise,  the new  Annuity  Date must be at least one year
after the effective  Date. The latest Annuity Date is the first day of the first
calendar month following the  Annuitant's  90th birthday or such earlier date as
may be set by applicable law.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 ANNUITY OPTIONS

SELECTION OF ANNUITY  OPTION - If the Annuitant is alive on the Annuity Date, We
will  apply the  Certificate  Value to  provide an income on the basis of a life
income  with 10  years  guaranteed,  unless  another  annuity  option  has  been
selected.  You may however,  upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice
to Us, at any time prior to the Annuity  Date,  select and/or change the Annuity
Option.  The Annuity Option you select may be on a fixed or variable basis, or a
combination  thereof.  If, at the time of election of an Annuity Option,  We are
using more favorable rates,  they will be used in lieu of those here guaranteed.
We may also make available other options.

OPTION 1 - LIFE INCOME.  Monthly annuity payments are paid during the life of an
Annuitant  ceasing  with the last Annuity  Payment due prior to the  Annuitant's
death.

OPTION 2 - LIFE INCOME WITH 10 YEAR GUARANTEE. Monthly annuity payments are paid
during the life of an Annuitant, but at least for a 10 year minimum period.

OPTION 3 - JOINT AND LAST SURVIVOR  ANNUITY.  Monthly annuity  payments are paid
during the joint  lifetime of the Annuitant  and a designated  second person and
are paid thereafter  during the remaining  lifetime of the survivor ceasing with
the last annuity payment due prior to the survivor's death.



FIXED OPTIONS

The amount of each  fixed  annuity  payment is  determined  by  multiplying  the
available  Certificate  Value  (after the  deduction  of any  premium  taxes not
previously  deducted)  by the  factor in the Fixed  Option  Table for the option
chosen,  using the age and sex of the  Annuitant  and Joint  Annuitant,  if any,
divided by 1,000.  The tables are determined  from the 1983  Individual  Annuity
Mortality  Table with  interest at the rate of 3% per annum.  If,  when  annuity
payments are elected,  We are using tables of annuity rates for these  contracts
which result in larger annuity payments,  We will use those tables instead.  The
annuity  payments,  determined at the time of their  election,  will not be less
than payments that would be provided by the application of the Certificate Value
to an immediate annuity then offered by Us at the time of election, for the same
class of annuitants.


<PAGE>

VARIABLE OPTIONS

The amount of the first variable  annuity  payment depends on the Annuity Option
elected  and the  age and sex of the  Annuitant.  This  Certificate  contains  a
Variable Options Table indicating the dollar amount of the first monthly payment
under each optional  annuity form for each $1,000 of value  applied.  The tables
are determined from the 1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table with interest at
the rate of 5% per annum.  If, when annuity  payments are elected,  We are using
tables of  annuity  rates for these  contracts  which  result in larger  annuity
payments, We will use those tables instead.

The 5% interest  rate assumed in the annuity  tables would produce level annuity
payments if the net investment rate remained constant at 5% per year. Subsequent
payments  will be less  than,  equal  to,  or  greater  than the  first  payment
depending upon whether the actual net investment rate is less than, equal to, or
greater than 5%.

The  dollar  amount of the first  variable  annuity  payment  is  determined  by
applying  the  available  value  (after  deduction  of  any  premium  taxes  not
previously deducted) to the table using the age and sex of the Annuitant and any
joint Annuitant. The number of Annuity Units is then determined by dividing this
dollar amount by the then current Annuity Unit value. Thereafter,  the number of
Annuity  Units remains  unchanged  during the period of annuity  payments.  This
determination  is made separately for each  Subaccount of the Variable  Account.
The number of Annuity Units is determined for each  Subaccount and is based upon
the available  value in each  Subaccount as of the date annuity  payments are to
begin. The dollar amount  determined for each Subaccount will then be aggregated
for  purposes  of making  payments.  The  dollar  amount of the second and later
variable annuity payments is equal to the number of Annuity Units determined for
each  Subaccount  times the Annuity Unit value for that Subaccount as of the due
date of the payment.  This amount may increase or decrease  from month to month.
The value of an Annuity Unit for a Subaccount is  determined as shown below,  by
subtracting  item 2.  from  item 1.  and  dividing  the  result  by item 3.  and
multiplying  the result by a factor to  neutralize  the assumed  net  investment
rate,  discussed  above,  of 5% per annum  (which is built into the annuity rate
tables below and which is not applicable  because the actual net investment rate
is credited instead) where:

1. is the net result of:

     a)   the assets of the Subaccount  attributable to the Annuity Units;  plus
          or minus

     b)   the cumulative charge or credit for taxes reserved which is determined
          by Us to have resulted from the operation of the Subaccount;

2. is the cumulative unpaid charge for the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and
for the  Administrative  Expense  Charge,  which  are  shown in the  Certificate
Schedule; and

3. is the  number  of  Annuity  Units  outstanding  at the end of the  Valuation
Period.

The value of an Annuity Unit may increase or decrease from  Valuation  Period to
Valuation Period.


<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  DEATH BENEFIT

DEATH OF THE OWNER - In the event of Your death  prior to the  Annuity  Date,  a
death benefit is payable to the Beneficiary. The value of the death benefit will
be determined  as of the date We receive proof of death in a form  acceptable to
Us. If there  has been a change  of Owner  from one  natural  person to  another
natural  person,  the death  benefit  will be the  Certificate  Value unless the
change of ownership  results from the  election,  made by a surviving  spouse as
designated Beneficiary to continue the Certificate.  Otherwise,  We will pay the
death benefit equal to the greatest of:

1.   the total of all Premiums paid reduced  proportionally by any surrenders in
     the same proportion that the Certificate Value was reduced on the date of a
     surrender; or

2.   the Certificate Value; or

3.   the  greatest  Certificate  Value at any  seventh  Certificate  Anniversary
     reduced  proportionally  by any surrenders  subsequent to that  Certificate
     Anniversary in the same proportion  that the Certificate  Value was reduced
     on the  date of a  surrender,  plus any  Premium  paid  subsequent  to that
     Certificate Anniversary.

The amount of the reduction in the death benefit under items 1 and 3 above would
be determined as "A" multiplied by the result of "B" divided by "C" where:

     "A"  is the death benefit prior to the partial surrender,

     "B"  is the partial surrender amount, and

     "C"  is the Certificate Value prior to the partial surrender.

Example:  If the death  benefit prior to the partial  surrender is $50,000,  the
Certificate  Value prior to the  partial  surrender  is  $40,000,  and a $10,000
partial  surrender is  requested,  the  reduction in the death benefit as of the
date of the partial surrender would be determined as follows

                      $10,000
       $50,000  x    ------------- =    $12,500
                      $40,000
The new death benefit would be:

$50,000 - $12,500 = $37,500

The Beneficiary may elect the death benefit to be paid as follows:

1.   payment  of the  entire  death  benefit  within  5 years of the date of the
     Owner's death; or

2.   payment  over a period not  extending  beyond the life  expectancy  of such
     designated  Beneficiary  based on Tables V and VI of section  1.72-9 of the
     Income Tax Regulation with distribution beginning within 1 year of the date
     of death of the Owner; or

3.   if the  designated  Beneficiary  is Your  spouse,  he/she can  continue the
     Certificate in his/her own name.

If no payment  option is elected  within 60 days of Our  receipt of proof of the
Owner's death, a single sum settlement will be made at the end of the sixty (60)
day period  following  such  receipt.  Upon payment of the death  benefit,  this
contract will end.

If the Owner is a person  other than the  Annuitant,  and if the  Owner's  death
occurs on or after the Annuity Date, no death benefit will be payable under this
Certificate.  Any guaranteed  payments remaining unpaid will continue to be paid
to the  Annuitant  pursuant  to the  Annuity  Option in force at the date of the
Owner's death. If the Owner is not an individual, the Annuitant shall be treated
as the Owner and any change of such first named Annuitant, will be treated as if
the Owner died.

DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT - If the Annuitant is a person other than the Owner,  and
if the  Annuitant  dies before the Annuity Date, a new Annuitant may be named by
the Owner. If no new Annuitant is named within sixty (60) days of Our receipt of
proof of death, the Owner will be the new Annuitant. If the Annuitant dies after
the Annuity Date,  the remaining  payments,  if any, will be as specified in the
Annuity Option elected.  We will require proof of the Annuitant's  death.  Death
benefits, if any, will be paid to the designated Beneficiary at least as rapidly
as under the method of distribution in effect at the Annuitant's death.
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              SURRENDER PROVISIONS

SURRENDER - While this  Certificate  is in force and before the Annuity Date, We
will,  upon  written  request,  allow the  surrender of all or a portion of this
Certificate for its Surrender Value.  Surrenders will result in the cancellation
of Accumulation  Units from each applicable  Subaccount and the reduction in the
Guaranteed  Account  in the  ratio  that the  value of each  bears to the  total
Certificate  Value. You must specify in writing in advance which units are to be
canceled if other than the above mentioned method of cancellation is desired. We
will pay the  amount of any  surrender  within  seven (7) days of  receipt  of a
request unless the "Delay of Payments" provision is in effect.

The Surrender Value will be the Certificate  Value as of the date of Our receipt
of Your written surrender request, reduced by the sum of:

1.   any applicable premium taxes not previously deducted; plus

2.   any applicable Certificate Maintenance Charge; plus

3.   any applicable Surrender Charge.

CALCULATION OF SURRENDER  CHARGE - If all or a portion of the Surrender Value is
surrendered, a Surrender Charge will be calculated at the time of each surrender
and will be deducted from the  Certificate  Value.  In calculating the Surrender
Charge,  Premiums  will be  allocated  at the time of  surrender  on a first-in,
first-out basis.


The amount of the Surrender Charge is calculated by:

1. reducing the amount to be surrendered by the greater of:

     a)   the accumulated  earnings of this Certificate  (i.e., this Certificate
          Value  minus  Premiums  which  have  not  been  allocated  to  amounts
          previously surrendered); or

     b)   10%  of  all  remaining  unsurrendered  Premiums,   decreased  by  any
          surrender made since the last Certificate Anniversary; then

2. allocating Premiums to the remaining amount to be surrendered; and

3.  multiplying  each such  allocated  Premium by the  applicable  Percentage of
Premium shown in the Certificate  Schedule for the period since such Premium was
paid; and

4. adding the products of each multiplication in (3) above.

For a  partial  surrender,  the  Surrender  Charge  will be  deducted  from  the
remaining  Certificate Value, if sufficient;  otherwise it will be deducted from
the amount surrendered. Partial surrenders will be considered in calculating any
death benefit payable under this Certificate.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                DELAY OF PAYMENTS

We will make any payments under this  Certificate  within 7 days (or any shorter
period,  if required by law) of a request received in good order. We reserve the
right to suspend or postpone any type of payment  from the Variable  Account for
any period when:

1.   the New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than customary  weekend and
     holiday closings:

2.   trading on the Exchange is restricted;

3.   an emergency  exists as a result of which it is not reasonably  practicable
     to dispose of securities  held in the Variable  Account or determine  their
     value; or

4.   the Securities and Exchange  Commission so permits delay for the protection
     of security holders.

     The applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange  Commission will govern
     as to whether the conditions in 2. or 3. exist.

We reserve the right to delay any type of payment  from the General  Account for
up to six (6) months from the date we receive the request for payment.


<PAGE>
<TABLE>


                            Options On A Fixed Basis
                             Option 1: Life Income*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000

          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female
           <S>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>    <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>     <C> 
           30    3.16    3.03            44    3.65   3.42            58    4.61    4.18            72    6.84    5.93
           31    3.19    3.05            45    3.70   3.46            59    4.71    4.26            73    7.09    6.14
           32    3.21    3.07            46    3.75   3.50            60    4.82    4.35            74    7.35    6.36
           33    3.24    3.10            47    3.81   3.54            61    4.94    4.44            75    7.63    6.59
           34    3.27    3.12            48    3.86   3.59            62    5.06    4.53            76    7.93    6.85
           35    3.30    3.14            49    3.92   3.63            63    5.19    4.63            77    8.26    7.13
           36    3.33    3.17            50    3.98   3.68            64    5.33    4.74            78    8.60    7.42
           37    3.37    3.20            51    4.05   3.73            65    5.48    4.86            79    8.97    7.74
           38    3.40    3.22            52    4.12   3.79            66    5.64    4.98            80    9.37    8.09
           39    3.44    3.25            53    4.19   3.85            67    5.81    5.11            81    9.79    8.47
           40    3.48    3.28            54    4.26   3.91            68    5.99    5.25            82   10.25    8.88
           41    3.52    3.32            55    4.34   3.97            69    6.18    5.40            83   10.73    9.32
           42    3.56    3.35            56    4.43   4.04            70    6.39    5.56            84   11.25    9.80
           43    3.61    3.38            57    4.52   4.11            71    6.61    5.74            85   11.81   10.32
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

            Option 2: Life Income with 10 years Payments Guaranteed*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female
           <S>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>    <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>
           30    3.16    3.03            44    3.64   3.42            58    4.55    4.16            72    6.35    5.72
           31    3.18    3.05            45    3.69   3.45            59    4.65    4.23            73    6.51    5.88
           32    3.21    3.07            46    3.74   3.49            60    4.74    4.31            74    6.68    6.05
           33    3.24    3.09            47    3.79   3.54            61    4.85    4.40            75    6.86    6.23
           34    3.27    3.12            48    3.84   3.58            62    4.96    4.49            76    7.03    6.42
           35    3.30    3.14            49    3.90   3.62            63    5.07    4.58            77    7.21    6.60
           36    3.33    3.17            50    3.96   3.67            64    5.19    4.68            78    7.39    6.80
           37    3.36    3.19            51    4.02   3.72            65    5.32    4.79            79    7.56    7.00
           38    3.40    3.22            52    4.09   3.78            66    5.45    4.90            80    7.74    7.20
           39    3.43    3.25            53    4.15   3.83            67    5.58    5.02            81    7.91    7.40
           40    3.47    3.28            54    4.23   3.89            68    5.73    5.14            82    8.08    7.61
           41    3.51    3.31            55    4.30   3.95            69    5.88    5.28            83    8.25    7.80
           42    3.55    3.35            56    4.38   4.02            70    6.03    5.42            84    8.40    8.00
           43    3.60    3.38            57    4.46   4.08            71    6.19    5.56            85    8.55    8.19

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
              Option 3: Joint (Male and Female) and Last Survivor*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000
                       Female Age -      40      45     50      55      60      65      70      75
                        Male Age
                           <S>          <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>       
                           40           3.13   3.20    3.27    3.32    3.37    3.40    3.43    3.45
                           45           3.17   3.27    3.36    3.44    3.52    3.57    3.62    3.65
                           50           3.20   3.32    3.44    3.56    3.67    3.76    3.83    3.89
                           55           3.23   3.36    3.51    3.67    3.82    3.96    4.08    4.18
                           60           3.25   3.39    3.57    3.76    3.96    4.17    4.35    4.51
                           65           3.26   3.42    3.61    3.83    4.08    4.36    4.64    4.89
                           70           3.27   3.43    3.63    3.88    4.17    4.52    4.90    5.29
                           75           3.27   3.44    3.65    3.91    4.24    4.64    5.12    5.66
</TABLE>

* Values are based on the 1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table projected with
scale G to the year 2010 and interest at the rate of 3.00% per annum.

The values  shown have not been  adjusted  for the annual  contract  maintenance
charge described on pages 3 and 9.

Values not shown are available from Our Administrative Office on request.

<PAGE>
<TABLE>


                           Options On A Variable Basis
                             Option 1: Life Income*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000

          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female
           <S>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>    <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>
           30    4.47    4.36            44    4.90   4.68            58    5.80    5.37            72    8.02    7.07
           31    4.49    4.38            45    4.94   4.71            59    5.90    5.44            73    8.27    7.28
           32    4.51    4.39            46    4.99   4.74            60    6.00    5.52            74    8.54    7.50
           33    4.54    4.41            47    5.04   4.78            61    6.12    5.61            75    8.82    7.74
           34    4.56    4.43            48    5.09   4.82            62    6.24    5.70            76    9.12    8.00
           35    4.59    4.45            49    5.14   4.86            63    6.37    5.80            77    9.45    8.28
           36    4.61    4.47            50    5.20   4.91            64    6.51    5.90            78    9.80    8.57
           37    4.64    4.49            51    5.26   4.95            65    6.65    6.01            79   10.17    8.90
           38    4.67    4.51            52    5.33   5.00            66    6.81    6.13            80   10.57    9.25
           39    4.70    4.54            53    5.40   5.05            67    6.98    6.26            81   11.00    9.63
           40    4.74    4.56            54    5.47   5.11            68    7.17    6.40            82   11.46   10.04
           41    4.78    4.59            55    5.54   5.17            69    7.36    6.55            83   11.95   10.49
           42    4.81    4.62            56    5.62   5.23            70    7.57    6.71            84   12.47   10.98
           43    4.85    4.64            57    5.71   5.30            71    7.79    6.88            85   13.03   11.50
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
            Option 2: Life Income with 10 years Payments Guaranteed*
                            Monthly Income per $1,000
          Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age    Male  Female           Age   Male  Female
           <S>   <C>     <C>             <C>   <C>    <C>             <C>   <C>     <C>       
           30    4.47    4.36            44    4.88   4.67            58    5.72    5.33            72    7.43    6.81
           31    4.49    4.38            45    4.92   4.70            59    5.81    5.40            73    7.59    6.97
           32    4.51    4.39            46    4.97   4.74            60    5.90    5.48            74    7.75    7.13
           33    4.53    4.41            47    5.01   4.77            61    6.00    5.55            75    7.91    7.30
           34    4.55    4.43            48    5.06   4.81            62    6.10    5.64            76    8.08    7.48
           35    4.58    4.44            49    5.11   4.85            63    6.21    5.73            77    8.24    7.66
           36    4.61    4.46            50    5.17   4.89            64    6.32    5.82            78    8.41    7.84
           37    4.63    4.49            51    5.22   4.94            65    6.44    5.92            79    8.58    8.03
           38    4.66    4.51            52    5.28   4.98            66    6.57    6.03            80    8.74    8.23
           39    4.70    4.53            53    5.34   5.03            67    6.70    6.14            81    8.91    8.42
           40    4.73    4.56            54    5.41   5.09            68    6.84    6.26            82    9.07    8.61
           41    4.76    4.58            55    5.48   5.14            69    6.98    6.39            83    9.22    8.80
           42    4.80    4.61            56    5.56   5.20            70    7.12    6.52            84    9.37    8.98
           43    4.84    4.64            57    5.63   5.26            71    7.27    6.66            85    9.51    9.16
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

                                 Option 3: Joint (Male and Female) and Last Survivor*
                                               Monthly Income per $1,000
                       Female Age -      40      45     50      55      60      65      70      75
                           Male Age
                           <S>          <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>       
                           40           4.41   4.47    4.52    4.57    4.61    4.65    4.68    4.70
                           45           4.45   4.52    4.60    4.67    4.73    4.79    4.83    4.87
                           50           4.48   4.57    4.66    4.76    4.86    4.95    5.02    5.08
                           55           4.50   4.60    4.72    4.86    4.99    5.12    5.24    5.34
                           60           4.52   4.63    4.78    4.94    5.12    5.31    5.49    5.65
                           65           4.53   4.66    4.82    5.01    5.23    5.48    5.75    6.00
                           70           4.54   4.67    4.85    5.06    5.32    5.64    6.00    6.38
                           75           4.55   4.69    4.87    5.10    5.39    5.77    6.22    6.74
</TABLE>

* Values are based on the 1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table projected with
scale G to the year 2010 and interest at the rate of 5.00% per annum.

The values  shown have not been  adjusted  for the annual  contract  maintenance
charge described on pages 3 and 9.

Values not shown are available from Our Administrative Office on request.

<PAGE>

                                
            American International Life Assurance Company of New York
                                 80 Pine Street
                            New York, New York 10270




































                  INDIVIDUAL FLEXIBLE PREMIUM VARIABLE ANNUITY
                                NONPARTICIPATING



                                  EXHIBIT 5(a)

               Form of Single Premium Variable Annuity application (52971 11/96)

<PAGE>
              Single Premium Deferred Variable Annuity Application
                                VARIABLE ANNUITY
            AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                         HOME OFFICE: NEW YORK, NEW YORK
                          Make Check Payable to AI LIFE

Mail To:                                          Overnight Deliver To:
AILIFE                              Or            AILIFE Box 7364
P.O. Box 7247-7364                                c/o Citibank
Philadelphia, PA  19170-7364                      One Penn's Way
                                                  New Castle, DE  19720
                                                  Attn:  Wholesale Lockbox Dept.
1.    ANNUITANT:

     A.   Print Full Name:
     B.    ______________________________________________________________
                               first         middle        last
     C.   Address:
                --------------------------------------------------------------
                           street       city          state            zip

     C.  Soc. Sec. #/Tax I.D.# _______/_______/_______  D. Sex  ___M   ____F

     E.  Citizenship: ___U.S.  ___ Other _____________  F. Birthdate: _________
                                          country                month/day/year

1.    CONTRACT OWNER: (if different from annuitant)

     A.   Print Full Name:
                            ---------------------------------------------------
                                    first            middle         last
     B.   Address:
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
                           street            city        state            zip

     C.  Soc. Sec. #/Tax I.D.# _______/_______/_______   D. Sex  ___M   ____F

     E.  Citizenship: ___U.S.  ___ Other _____________   F. Birthdate: ________
                                         country                 month/day/year

1.    CONTINGENT OWNER: (spouse only)

     A.   Print Full Name:
                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                                    first            middle              last
     B.   Address:
                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                           street          city        state            zip

     C.   Soc. Sec. #/Tax I.D.# _______/_______/_______


1.    BENEFICIARY:

     A. Primary:                                  B.  Contingent:

     Name                                   Name
     ----------------------------   ------------------------------------
     ----------------------------   ------------------------------------
     ----------------------------   ------------------------------------

5.   TYPE OF ANNUITY CONTRACT       _____ Non-Qualified       ____ Qualified
                            IRA ____ Qualified-403(b)

6.   WILL THE ANNUITY APPLIED FOR REPLACE OR CHANGE  EXISTING  ANNUITIES OR LIFE
     INSURANCE? ______ YES _____ NO

     If yes, explain _________________________________________________________

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     52971             Continued on reverse side   Single Premium Revised 11/96



<PAGE>


7.    PREMIUMS:
     A.   Single Premium of: $ _______

          Does this premium  qualify as a 1035 exchange:  ____Yes  _____No If an
     exchange is involved, indicate cost basis:
         Pre-Tefra (prior to 8-14-82)   $ _____________________________
         Post-Tefra (on or after 8-14-82) $___________________________

6.    PURCHASE PAYMENTS ARE TO BE ALLOCATED AS FOLLOWS:

AIM V.I.                   Fidelity VIP              Dreyfus
Capital Appreciation Fund  High Income               Stock Index
International Equity Fund  Growth                    Small Company Stock
                           Money Market
Alliance                                             Van Eck
Global Bond                Fidelity VIP II           Worldwide Hard Assets
Growth                     Asset Manager             Worldwide Emerging Markets
Growth & Income            Contrafund                                          
Premier Growth             Inv. Grade Bond                                     
Quasar                     
Technology

Total:  100% (no fractional  percentages and must be either 0% or a number equal
to or greater than 10%)

7.    ANNUITY DATE AND PAYMENT OPTION:

     Unless  otherwise  indicated  the  Annuity  Date  is the  first  day of the
     calendar month following the later of the Annuitant's  85th birthday or the
     10th contract anniversary, or such earlier date as may be set by applicable
     law. (May be changed on 30 days prior written  notice.) The annuity payment
     option  will be life income  with 10 years of  payments  guaranteed  unless
     otherwise indicated.

In applying  for an IRA,  the  Purchase  Payment  will be allocated to the Money
Market  Portfolio for fifteen days and then  reallocated as specified in Section
#8. Receipt of an IRA Disclosure Statement is hereby acknowledged.

In applying  for a 403(b) Plan, I understand  the  restrictions  on  redemptions
imposed by Section 403(b)(11) and the investment alternatives available under my
employer's 403(b) Plan.

I UNDERSTAND  THAT ANNUITY  PAYMENTS AND SURRENDER  VALUES,  WHEN BASED UPON THE
INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF A SEPARATE ACCOUNT, ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED
AS TO FIXED  DOLLAR  AMOUNT.  RECEIPT  OF A CURRENT  VARIABLE  ANNUITY  AND FUND
PROSPECTUS AND/OR SUPPLEMENT IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED.

I hereby  represent my answers to the above  questions to be correct and true to
the best of my knowledge and belief and agree that this  application  shall be a
part of any annuity contract issued by the Company.

____ Please send me a copy of the Statement of Additional Information

Signed at _________________________________________  On _______________ 
            city               state                         date

- ----------------------------------  ------------------------------------
Signature of Annuitant              Signature of Owner if other than Annuitant

Agent: Do you have any reason to believe the Contract  applied for is to replace
or change existing Annuities or Insurance on the life of the Annuitant: 
____ YES  ____ NO

- -----------------------------------  ------------------------------------
Printed Name of Registered Rep.Code   Printed Name of Broker/Dealer Code

- -----------------------------------  ------------------------------------
Signature of Registered Rep. Tel No.  Address of Broker/Dealer    Tel. No.


                                  EXHIBIT 5(b)

               Form of Group Variable Annuity application (24GVAN897)

<PAGE>
VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION                AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE
                                            ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                                            NEW YORK, NY
                                            (800) 255-8402

Mail To:                                          Overnight Deliver To:
AILIFE                              Or            AILIFE Box 7364
P.O. Box 7247-7364                                c/o Citibank
Philadelphia, PA  19170-7364                      One Penn's Way
                                                  New Castle, DE  19720
                                                  Attn:  Wholesale Lockbox Dept.

Make Check Payable to American International Life Assurance Company of New York

1.    OWNER:

     A.   Print Full Name:
     B.    ______________________________________________________________
                          first            middle          last
     C.   Address:
                --------------------------------------------------------------
                       street             city           state            zip

     C.  Soc. Sec. #/Tax I.D.# _______/_______/_______    D. Sex  ___M   ____F

     E.  Phone Number: (___)__________      F. Birthdate: _____________
                                                         month/day/year

1.    ANNUITANT: (if different from owner)

     A.   Print Full Name:
               ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                    first            middle              last

     B.  Soc. Sec. #/Tax I.D.# _______/_______/_______     C. Sex  ___M   ____F

     D.  Birthdate: _____________
                   month/day/year

1.    BENEFICIARY:

     A. Primary   :                                  B.  Contingent:
     Name                                   Name
     ----------------------------   ------------------------------------
     ----------------------------   ------------------------------------
     ----------------------------   ------------------------------------
     *The Primary  Beneficiary will receive any death benefit payable upon death
     of the Owner prior to the Annuity  Date, or upon the death of the Annuitant
     on or after the Annuity Date. The Contingent  Beneficiary  will receive any
     death benefit payable if the Primary  Beneficiary dies prior to the payment
     of the death benefit.

4.   TYPE OF ANNUITY CONTRACT       _____ Non-Qualified       ____ Qualified
                                    _____IRA ____ Roth IRA    ____ 403(b)
                                    _____Other______________________

5.   WILL THE ANNUITY APPLIED FOR REPLACE OR CHANGE  EXISTING  ANNUITIES OR LIFE
     INSURANCE?      ______     YES     _____     NO     If     yes,     explain
     _________________________________________________________

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.    OPTIONAL BENEFITS:
     A.  ____     Annual Ratchet Rider
     B.  ____     ____________________________________________________________

7.    PREMIUM PAYMENTS:
     A.   Initial Premium of: $ _______
     B.  Does this Payment qualify as a 1035 exchange: ____Yes _____No
     If an exchange is involved, indicate cost basis:
         Pre-Tefra (prior to 8-14-82)   $ _____________________________
         Post-Tefra (on or after 8-14-82) $___________________________

5.    PREMIUM PAYMENTS ARE TO BE ALLOCATED AS FOLLOWS:
                  (WHOLE NUMBERS ONLY)

Alliance
Global Bond                                 ________%
Global Dollar Gov't                         ________%
Growth                                      ________%
Growth & Income                             ________%
High Yield                                  ________%
Money Market                                ________%
North American Gov't Income                 ________%
International                               ________%
Premier Growth                              ________%
Quasar                                      ________%
Real Estate Investors                       ________%
Technology                                  ________%
Total Return                                ________%
U.S. Government High Grade                  ________%
Utility Income                              ________%
Worldwide Privatization                     ________%

_____I hereby elect  Dollar-Cost  Averaging  with  $_________ or _______% of the
initial premium  allocated to; ______ Money Market  Portfolio or ______ One Year
Guarantee  Period and either $______  transferred each month for ______months or
the entire balance in the sending account  transferred over ______ months to the
portfolios indicated above.

6.    ANNUITY INFORMATION:

Annuity Date: ___________________________ Payment Option: __________________

     Unless  otherwise  indicated  the  Annuity  Date  is the  first  day of the
     calendar month  following the later of the  Annuitant's  90th birthday,  or
     such  earlier as may be set by  applicable  law,  and the  annuity  payment
     option will be life income with 10 years of payments guaranteed.

I UNDERSTAND  THAT ANNUITY  PAYMENTS AND SURRENDER  VALUES,  WHEN BASED UPON THE
INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE OF A SEPARATE ACCOUNT, ARE VARIABLE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED
AS TO FIXED  DOLLAR  AMOUNT.  RECEIPT  OF A CURRENT  VARIABLE  ANNUITY  AND FUND
PROSPECTUS AND/OR  SUPPLEMENT AND IRA DISCLOSURE  STATEMENT,  IF APPLICABLE,  IS
HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED.

Under penalties of perjury,  I certify (1) that the number shown on this form is
my correct  taxpayer  identification  number,  and (2) that I am not  subject to
backup withholding, either because I have not been notified that I am subject to
backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends,
or the Internal  Revenue  Service has notified me that I am no longer subject to
backup withholding.

I hereby  represent my answers to the above  questions to be correct and true to
the best of my knowledge and belief and agree that this  application  shall be a
part of any annuity contract issued by the Company.

____ Please send me a copy of the Statement of Additional Information

Signed at _________________________________________  On _______________
               city                state                   date
- ------------------------------------
Signature of Owner

Agent: Do you have any reason to believe the Contract  applied for is to replace
or change existing Annuities or Insurance on the life of the Annuitant: 
____ YES ____ NO

- -----------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
Printed Name of Registered Rep. Code Printed Name of Broker/Dealer         Code
- ----------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
Signature of Registered Rep.        Tel No.Address of Broker/Dealer    Tel. No.


                                  EXHIBIT 6(a)

               American  International  Life  Assurance  Company  of  New  York,
               By-Laws (as amended on 3/25/75)

<PAGE>
                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

            AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                                    ARTICLE I

Section 1 - Stockholders' Meeting

         All  meetings  of the  stockholders  shall be held at the office of the
corporation  in New York City,  New York,  or at such other place in the City of
New York as may  from  time to time be  designated  by its  Board of  Directors.

Section 2 - Voting

         At all  stockholders'  meetings,  stockholders  may vote in person,  by
proxy, or by general power of attorney  produced at the meeting.  No proxy shall
be valid which shall have been  granted more than  thirty-five  (35) days before
the  meeting  which  shall be named  therein,  and such proxy shall not be valid
after the final adjournment of such meeting. 

Section 3 - Address of Stockholders

         Notices to a  stockholder  shall be mailed to his address as it appears
on the  stock  book of the  corporation  unless  he shall  have  filed  with the
Secretary of the  corporation a written request that notices be mailed to him at
some other address,  in which case it shall be mailed to the address  designated
in such request. 

Section 4 - Annual Meeting

         The annual stockholders' meeting shall be held in the State of New York
on the fourth  Wednesday of March in each and every year, or, if such day in any
year be a legal  holiday,  then on the next  succeeding  business  day,  at 2:00
o'clock P.M.,  according to the time then prevailing in the State of New York or
at such  other  hour as may  from  time to time be  designated  by the  Board of
Directors.  Proper notice of annual  stockholders'  meetings  shall be mailed to
each  stockholder  not less than ten (10) days nor more  than  forty;  (40) days
prior to the meeting

Section 5 - Special Meetings

         Special  stockholders'  meetings  shall be held on the  request  of the
Chairman  of the  Board  or the  President,  or on  resolution  of the  Board of
Directors,  or on demand in writing by stockholders of record owning  one-fourth
of the  amount of the stock of the  corporation  outstanding.  Notice of special
stockholders'  meetings  shall be mailed to each  stockholder  not less than ten
(10) days nor more than forty (40) days prior to the meeting. 

Section 6 - Waiver  of  Notice  

     Meetings  of the  stockholders  may be held  without  notice  if all of the
stockholders  entitled  to  vote  at  the  meeting  are  present  in  person  or
represented by proxy at the meeting,  or if notice is waived in writing by those
not so present or  represented.  

                                   ARTICLE II

Section 1 - Board of Directors

     The property and business of the corporation  shall be managed by its Board
of Directors.  The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than
thirteen  (13) and not more than  twenty-five  (25) as the  stockholders  or the
Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution  determine.  The majority
of the Board of Directors,  whatever its fixed number,  shall consist of persons
who are neither officers,  nor salaried employees of the company.  Each director
shall hold office until the next annual  meeting of  stockholders  and until his
successor shall have been elected and qualified. If any vacancies shall occur in
the Board of Directors by death or  resignation  or removal or  otherwise,  such
vacancies shall be filled in the manner provided in the  corporation's  Charter.

     The Board of Directors shall approve the salaries of all officers and shall
approve the salary,  compensation or emolument amounting in any one year to more
than twenty thousand dollars to any person,  firm or corporation.  

     No officer or director who is paid a salary for his services  shall receive
any other  compensation,  bonus or  emolument,  from this  company  directly  or
indirectly.

Section 2 - Meetings of the Board  

     Regular  meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held quarterly at such
places and at such times as the Board may  determine  from time to time.  Notice
need not be given of the  regular  meetings  of the Board held at times fixed by
resolution  of the Board.  

     Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of
the Board, the President or a Vice President,  or on the written request of five
members of the Board.  Not less than one day's  notice by  telegram or letter of
such  special  meeting  shall be given each  director.  

     Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice if all of the
directors  entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or  represented
by proxy at the  meeting,  or if notice is  waived  in  writing  by those not so
present or represented.

     The Board of  Directors  may make rules for the conduct of its business and
may  elect  a  Chairman  to  preside  over  its  meetings  and the  meetings  of
stockholders and a Vice Chairman to act in the absence of the Chairman.  

Section 3 - Executive Committee

     The Board of Directors shall appoint an Executive  Committee from among its
members consisting of not less than five (5) directors.

     The Executive Committee shall have and may exercise,  when the Board is not
in session, so far as may be permitted by law, all of the powers of the Board in
the  management of the business and affairs of the  corporation,  and shall have
power to authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which
may  require  it;  but the  Executive  Committee  shall  not have  power to fill
vacancies in the Board, or to change the membership of, or to fill vacancies in,
the Executive Committee, or to make or amend the By-Laws of the corporation. The
Board  shall  have the power at any time to fill  vacancies  in,  to change  the
membership  of, to  change  the  number of  members  of,  or to  dissolve,  the
Executive  Committee.  The Executive Committee may make rules for the conduct of
its business and may appoint such  committees  and  assistants  as it shall from
time  to time  deem  necessary.  

     A majority of the members of the  Executive  Committee  shall  constitute a
quorum at any meeting  thereof and the quorum of any  meeting  shall  include at
least one member who is neither an officer nor salaried employee of the company.
All action taken by the  Executive  Committee  shall be reported to the Board at
the meeting next succeeding such action. 

Section 4 - Finance Committee 

     The Board of Directors  shall  appoint a Finance  Committee  from among its
members  consisting of not less than five (5) directors.  The Finance  Committee
shall direct the financial and investment policy of the company.  Subject to the
control of the Board of  Directors,  it shall have power to invest and  reinvest
the assets of the company in such  securities or other  property as it may elect
and to change such investments at such time or times as it may deem proper,  all
subject to the  requirements  of law and to proper  regulations of the Insurance
Department of the State of New York. The Board of Directors  shall have power at
any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve,  the
Finance  Committee.  The Finance Committee may make rules for the conduct of its
business and may appoint such committees and assistants as it shall from time to
time deem  necessary.  A majority of the members of the Finance  Committee shall
constitute a quorum at any meeting  thereof,  and a quorum at any meeting  shall
include at least one member who is neither an officer nor  salaried  employee of
the company.  All action taken by the Finance Committee shall be reported to the
Board at its meeting next succeeding such action.

                                  ARTICLE III

Section 1 - President 

     The President shall be the chief executive  officer of the corporation.  He
shall have general charge of the  administrative  affairs of the corporation and
shall have such other duties as shall be  prescribed  by the Board of Directors.
Except when inconsistent with the  corporation's  Charter and these By-Laws,  he
shall have power to employ,  fix the duties and discharge  such  employees as he
may deem  necessary  and proper.  The  President  shall make such reports to the
Board of Directors  as may be required by it.  

Section 2 - Vice  Presidents  

     The Vice  Presidents  shall  perform such duties as are  prescribed  by the
Board of Directors or the principal executive  officers.  A duly designated Vice
President  shall perform the duties of the President in the latter's  absence or
inability to act.

Section 3 - Secretary 

     The Secretary shall attend all of the meetings of the  Stockholders and the
Board of Directors,  and act as clerk thereof and shall record all notes and the
minutes of all  proceedings  in a book kept for that purpose.  He shall see that
proper notice in accordance with the provisions of the Charter and these By-Laws
or as required  by statute is given of all  regular and special  meetings of the
stockholders  and of  special  meetings  of the  Board of  Directors,  and shall
perform such other  duties as may be required by said Board or by the  principal
executive  officers. 

Section 4 - Treasurer  

     The Treasurer  shall supervise the custody of the  corporation's  funds and
securities  and the deposit of all moneys of the  corporation  as  authorized or
approved by the Board of Directors,  the authorization and proper receipting and
vouchering of all  expenditures,  and the maintenance of an accurate  account of
all moneys  received  and  expended on account of the  corporation.  

Section 5 - Assistant Secretaries

     The President or the Board of Directors  may appoint one or more  Assistant
Secretaries.  In the absence of the Secretary an Assistant Secretary  designated
by the  President  or Board of  Directors  shall have the power to  perform  his
duties  including  the  certification,  execution and  attestation  of corporate
records and corporate  instruments.  Assistant Secretaries shall have such other
powers  and  perform  such  other  duties  as may be  delegated  to  them by the
President or Board of Directors.  

Section 6 - Assistant Treasurers 

     The  President  or Board of  Directors  may appoint  one or more  Assistant
Treasurers  who,  in the  absence of the  Treasurer,  shall  perform his duties.
Assistant  Treasurers shall have such other powers and perform such other duties
as may be delegated to them by the President or Board of Directors. 

Section 7 - Other Officers

     The  corporation may have such other officers as the Board of Directors may
from time to time  elect.  

                                   ARTICLE IV

Section 1 - Stock Certificate and Stock Records

     Certificates for shares of the capital stock of the corporation shall be in
such form, not inconsistent  with the Charter of the corporation and the laws of
the  State of New  York as shall be  prepared  or be  approved  by the  Board of
Directors.  

     The certificates shall be signed by the President or a Vice President,  and
also by the  Secretary  or an Assistant  Secretary.  The  certificates  shall be
consecutively numbered, and the name of the person owning the shares represented
thereby,  together with the number of such shares,  and the date of issue, shall
be entered on the corporation's books. 

     No certificate  hereafter  issued shall be valid unless it is signed by the
President or a Vice President,  and by the Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary.
No certificates  surrendered to the corporation  shall be cancelled,  and no new
certificates shall be issued until the former certificate for the same number of
shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled. 

Section 2 - Transfer of Shares

     Shares of the capital stock of the corporation shall be transferred only on
the  books  of the  corporation  by the  holder  thereof  in  person,  or by his
attorney,  upon surrender or cancellation  of certificates  for a like number of
shares.  However, no such transfer shall be made until notice thereof shall have
been give to the  Superintendent  of the  Insurance  of the State of New York as
required by law.  

Section 3 - Regulations 

     In accordance with the requirements of law and the  corporation's  Charters
and these By-Laws, the Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make
all such rules and  regulations  as they may deem expedient  concerning  issues,
transfer,  and  registration of certificates  for shares of the capital stock of
the  corporation.  

Section 4 

     Any person  claiming a  certificate  of stock to have been lost,  stolen or
destroyed and desiring a new certificate in lieu thereof shall make an affidavit
of such fact, reciting the circumstances attending such loss or destruction, and
shall give the corporation a bond of indemnity,  with a surety company as surety
thereon,  satisfactory to the President or a Vice President of the  corporation,
in at least double the then market value of such stock  (excepting  the Board of
Directors  may, by a special  resolution,  authorize the acceptance of a bond of
different  amount,  or a bond with  personal  surety  thereon)  whereupon in the
discretion of the President or a Vice President a new  certificate may be issued
of the same tenor and for the same  number of shares as the one  alleged to have
been lost,  stolen or destroyed.  

Section 5 

     The Board of  Directors  shall fix in  advance a date,  not more than forty
(40) days prior to the date of any meeting of  stockholders  or the date for the
payment of any dividend,  or the date for the  allotment of rights,  or the date
when any change or  conversion  or exchange of stock shall go into effect,  as a
record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and
to vote at,  any such  meeting,  or  entitled  to  receive  payment  of any such
dividend,  or to any such  allotment  of rights,  or to  exercise  the rights in
respect of any such change,  conversion  or exchange of stock,  and in such case
only such  stockholders  as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed
shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such  meeting,  or to receive
payment of such dividend, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise
such rights,  as the case may be,  notwithstanding  any transfer of any stock on
the books of the  corporation  after any such  record  date fixed as  aforesaid.


                                   ARTICLE V

Section 1 

     To the full extent  authorized by law, the corporation  shall indemnify any
person  made,  or  threatened  to be made,  a party to an action or  proceeding,
whether  criminal  or civil,  by reason of the fact  that he,  his  testator  or
intestate is or was a director or officer of the corporation or serves or served
in any capacity any other corporation at the request of the corporation. Nothing
contained herein shall affect any rights to  indemnification  to which corporate
personnel  other than  directors  and  officers  may be  entitled by contract or
otherwise  under law.  

                                   ARTICLE VI

Section 1 -  Amendments  

     These  By-Laws may be altered,  amended or repealed  and new By-Laws may be
adopted by the  stockholders or the Board of Directors at any regular or special
meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors.


<PAGE>


                            New Language Underscored
         Amend sub-paragraph (1) of Article II, Section I, Board of Directors to
read in its entirety.
         The property and  business of the  corporation  shall be managed by its
Board of Directors. The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less
than thirteen (13) and not more than twenty-five (25) as the stockholders or the
Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution  determine.  The majority
of the Board of Directors,  whatever its fixed number,  shall consist of persons
who are neither officers,  nor salaried employees of the company.  Each director
shall hold office until the next annual  meeting of  stockholders  and until his
successor shall have been elected and qualified. If any vacancies shall occur in
the Board of Directors by death or  resignation  or removal or  otherwise,  such
vacancies shall be filled in the manner provided in the corporation's Charter.
         Amend  sub-paragraph (1) of Article II, Section 3 - Executive Committee
to read in its entirety:

     The Board of Directors shall appoint an Executive  Committee from among its
members consisting of not less than five (5) directors.

         Amend  sub-paragraph (3) of Article II, Section 3 - Executive Committee
to read in its entirety:
         A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a
quorum at any meeting  thereof and the quorum of any  meeting  shall  include at
least one member who is neither an officer nor salaried employee of the company.
All action taken by the  Executive  Committee  shall be reported to the Board at
the meeting next succeeding such action.
         To amend sub-paragraph (1) of Article II, section 4 - Finance Committee
to read in its entirety:
         The Board of Directors shall appoint a Finance Committee from among its
members  consisting of not less than five (5) directors.  The Finance  Committee
shall direct the financial and investment policy of the Company.  Subject to the
control of the Board of  Directors,  is shall have power to invest and  reinvest
the assets of the Company in such  securities or other  property as it may elect
and to change such investments at such time or times as it may deem proper,  all
subject to the  requirement  of law and to proper  regulations  of the Insurance
Department of the State of New York. The Board of Directors  shall have power at
any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve,  the
Finance  Committee.  The Finance Committee may make rules for the conduct of its
business and may appoint such committees and assistants as it shall from time to
time deem  necessary.  A majority of the members of the Finance  Committee shall
constitute a quorum at any meeting  thereof,  and a quorum at any meeting  shall
include at least one member who is neither an officer nor  salaried  employee of
the Company.  All action taken by the Finance Committee shall be reported to the
Board at its meeting next succeeding such action.


                                  EXHIBIT 6(b)

               Charter of American  International  Life Assurance Company of New
               York, dated March 5, 1962;
<PAGE>


                            DECLARATION OF INTENTION
                                       AND
                                     CHARTER
                                       OF
            AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     We, the  undersigned,  all being natural  persons of full age, and at least
two-thirds  of us  citizens  of the  United  States,  and at  least  three of us
residents of the State of New York,  do hereby  declare our  intention to form a
stock life  insurance  company for the  purpose of doing the kinds of  insurance
business  authorized by  paragraphs  "1", "2", "3" and "23" of Section 46 of the
Insurance  Law of the  State of New  York,  and for that  purpose  do adopt  the
following charter:


<PAGE>


     CHARTER  OF  AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE  ASSURANCE  COMPANY  OF NEW YORK
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  1.  The name of this  corporation  shall be  AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE
ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK.
                  
     Sec. 2. The  principal  office of the  corporation  shall be located at 102
Maiden Lane, in the City, County and State of New York.
                 
 Sec. 3.  The kinds of insurance to be transacted by the corporation shall be:
                  
     (1)  "Life  Insurance",  meaning  every  insurance  upon the lives of human
beings and every insurance  appertaining thereto. The business of life insurance
shall be deemed to  include  the  granting  of  endowment  benefits;  additional
benefits  in the event of death by  accident  or  accidental  means;  additional
benefits operating to safeguard the contract from lapse, or to provide a special
surrender value, in the event of total and permanent  disability of the insured;
and optional modes of settlement of proceeds.
                  
     (2) "Annuities",  meaning all agreements to make periodical  payments where
the making or continuance of all or of some of a series of such payments, or the
amount of any such payment,  is dependent  upon the  continuance  of human life,
except payments made under the authority f the preceding paragraph.
                  
     (3) "Accident and Health Insurance", meaning
                      
     (a)  Insurance  against  death or  personal  injury by  accident  or by any
specified kind or kinds of accident and insurance against  sickness,  ailment or
bodily injury,  including  insurance  providing  disability benefits pursuant to
article  nine  of  the  workmen's  compensation  law,  except  as  specified  in
subparagraph (b) following; and
                      
     (b)  Non-cancellable   disability  insurance,   meaning  insurance  against
disability resulting from sickness, ailment or bodily injury, (but not including
insurance  solely against  accidental  injury) under any contract which does not
give the insurer the option to cancel or otherwise  terminate the contract at or
after one year from its effective  date or renewal date.  and such other kind or
kinds of business to the extent  necessarily or properly  incidental to the kind
or kinds of  business  which  the  corporation  is  specifically  authorized  to
transact as stated above.
                  
     Sec. 4. The corporate powers of this corporation shall be exercised through
a Board of Directors  and through  such  officers and agents as such Board shall
empower.
                  
     Sec. 5. The Board of Directors of this  corporation  shall not be less than
thirteen  (13) nor more than  twenty-five  (25) in number,  as from time to time
determined in accordance with the provisions of the By-Laws. However, in no case
shall the number of directors be less than  thirteen  (13).  Directors  shall be
elected at each  annual  meeting of  stockholders  and each  director so elected
shall hold office until the next annual  meeting of  stockholders  and until his
successor  is elected and  qualified.  In the event that the number of directors
duly elected and serving shall be less than thirteen (13), the corporation shall
not for that reason be dissolved,  but the vacancy or vacancies  shall be filled
as provided in Section 7 hereof.
                  
     Sec. 6. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation  shall be
held in the State of New York and in  accordance  with the By-Laws on the fourth
Wednesday  of March in each and  every  year,  or,  if such day in any year by a
legal holiday,  then on the next succeeding business day. Notice of the time and
place  of such  meeting  shall  be given as  prescribed  in the  By-Laws  and as
required by law,  including  notice to the  Superintendent  of  Insurance of the
State  of  New  York  to the  extent  required  by  law.  At  such  meeting  the
stockholders  shall elect a Board of  Directors  and shall  transact  such other
business as may legally come before the meeting.
                  
     At any meeting of the  stockholders the holders of a majority of the shares
of the capital stock of the  corporation,  present in person or  represented  by
proxy,  shall constitute a quorum of the  stockholders for all purposes,  unless
the  representation  of a larger  number shall be required by law,  and, in that
case, the representation of the number so required shall constitute a quorum.
                  
     At any regular or special stockholders'  meeting, each stockholder shall be
entitled  to vote in  person,  or by  general  power of  attorney,  or by proxy,
appointed by an instrument in writing, subscribed by such stockholder, or by his
duly  authorized  attorney,  and delivered to the Secretary,  and shall have one
vote for each share of stock standing  registered in his name on the stock books
of the  corporation.  The Board of Directors  may fix a day, not more than forty
(40) days prior to the day of holding any meeting of the stockholders as the day
as of which stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting shall
be determined,  and only stockholders of record on such day shall be entitled to
notice or  to vote at such meeting.
                  
     Sec. 7. At all times a majority  of the  directors  shall be  citizens  and
residents of New York or of adjoining states and not less than three (3) thereof
shall be residents of New York.  The directors  need to be  stockholders  of the
corporation.  The  directors  who are  salaried  officers  or  employees  of the
corporation shall at all times be less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.
                  
     If any  vacancies  shall  occur  in the  Board  of  Directors  by  death or
resignation  or removal or otherwise,  the  remaining  members of the Board at a
meeting  called for that  purpose on such notice as may be  provided  for in the
By-Laws, or at any regular meeting,  shall elect a director or directors to fill
the vacancy or  vacancies  occasioned  and each  director so elected  shall hold
office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.  Notice of any election of
a director or directors under the provisions of this Section 7 shall be given to
the  Superintendent  of  Insurance of the State of New York in the manner and to
the extent required by law.
                  
     A director may be removed by the majority vote of the  stockholders  at any
meeting of  stockholders.  If a request is received from the  Superintendent  of
Insurance of the State of New York for the removal of a director,  the President
or Secretary  shall  immediately  call a Special  Meeting of Directors  and such
director  may be removed by the vote of a majority  of the  remaining  directors
present at such Special Meeting.
                 
     Sec. 8. The names and post-office  residence addresses of the directors who
shall serve until the first annual meeting of such corporation are as follows:

         Name                          Post-Office Residence Address
         ----                          -----------------------------
         John Ahlers                   160 Cabrini Blvd., New York 33, N.Y.
         Paul M. Anderson              1158 Fifth Avenue, New York 29, N.Y.
         Gerarld F. Beal               1 Beekman Place, New York 22, N.Y.
         Creighton P. Cunningham       7 Fairview Terrace, Maplewood, N.J.
         W. Palmer Dixon               550 Park Avenue, New York 21, N.Y.
         Maurice R. Greenberg          1001 Park Avenue, New York 28, N.Y.
         Francis F. Randolph           129 East 69th Street, New York 21, N.Y.
         Ralph T. Reed                 435 East 52nd Street, New York 22, N.Y.
         Jack J. Reynolds              1158 Fifth Avenue, New York 29, N.Y.
         Cornelius V. Starr            930 Fifth Avenue, New York 21, N.Y.
         Gordon B. Tweedy              520 East 86th Street, New York 28, N.Y.
         John S. Woodbridge            Scott's Cove, Darien, Conn.
         William S. Youngman           778 Park Avenue, New York 21, N.Y.

     Sec. 9. The duration of the corporate  existence of this corporation  shall
be perpetual.
                 
     Sec. 10. The amount of the capital of this corporation shall be One Million
Dollars  ($1,000,000)  and shall consist of Ten Thousand  (10,000) shares of the
par value of One Hundred Dollars ($100) each.
                 
     Sec. 11. The Annual Meeting of the Board of Directors  shall be held in the
month of May of each year on a date,  time and place which the  directors  shall
set by resolution at the first quarterly  meeting held in March of each year. At
such annual  meeting the  directors  may elect a Chairman of the Board and shall
elect a  President  from their own  number,  and also shall elect from their own
number  or  otherwise,  at their  discretion,  such  Vice  Presidents  and other
officers  as may seem  advisable  to them for the  conduct of the  corporation's
business, including a Secretary and a Treasurer, who shall hold their offices at
the pleasure of the Board of Directors from the time of their election until the
next  succeeding  annual  meeting  and until  their  successors  are elected and
qualified.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person,  except that
the duties of President and Secretary shall not be performed by the same person.
In the event of the death,  resignation,  or removal of any elected  officer the
Board of Directors may fill the vacancy.  The Board of Directors  shall have the
power to delegate powers and duties to persons and to committees to be appointed
by it. At any  meeting of the Board of  Directors  a majority of the Board shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business,  unless otherwise  required
by law or this Charter.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  we have hereunto  subscribed our names and affixed our
seals as of this ______ day of March, 1962.

         /s/  Gordon B. Tweedy              /s/  Jack J. Reynolds
         ------------------------------     -------------------------------
         Gordon B. Tweedy                   Jack J. Reynolds


         /s/ Frank G. Sterritte             /s/ John Ahlers
         ------------------------------     -------------------------------
         Frank G. Sterritte                 John Ahlers


         /s/ Augustus K. Karg               /s/ Kenyon D. Ettinger
         ------------------------------     -------------------------------
         Augustus K. Karg                   Kenyon E. Ettinger


         /s/ Arthur F. Searing              Creighton P. Cunningham
         ------------------------------     -------------------------------
         Arthur F Searing                   Creighton P. Cunningham


         /s/ Robert L. White                /s/ Richard A. McCarthy
         ------------------------------     -------------------------------
         Robert L. White                    Richard A. McCarthy

         /s/ Robert A. McCorkle             /s/ Arthur O. King
         ------------------------------     -------------------------------
         Robert A. McCorkle                 Arthur O. King

                                            /s/ William S. Youngman
                                            -------------------------------
                                            William S. Youngman



<PAGE>


                                 ACKNOWLEDGMENT
         STATE OF NEW YORK )
                                    :       SS.:
         COUNTY OF NEW YORK)

     On  this  5th  day  of  March,   1962,   before  me  personally   came  the
following-named  individuals,  to me known,  who being by me duly sworn did each
acknowledge  to me that he resides at the  address  shown  after his  respective
name:
       
         Name                       Post-Office Residence Address
         Gordon B. Tweedy           520 East 86th Street, New York 28, N.Y.
         Jack J. Reynolds           1158 Fifth Avenue, New York 29, N.Y.
         Frank G. Sterritte         28 Fairview Avenue, East Williston, N.Y.
         John Ahlers                160 Cabrini Blvd., New York 33, N.Y.
         Augustus K. Karg           43 Noe Avenue, Madison, N.J.
         Kenyon D. Ettinger         137 Asharoken Avenue, Northport, N.Y.
         Arthur F. Searing          200 East 57th Street, New York, 22, N.Y.
         Creighton P. Cunningham    7 Fairview Terrace, Maplewood, N.J.
         Robert L. White            20 Stone Fence Road, Allendale, N.J.
         Richard A. McCarthy        86 Princeton Street, Garden City, N.Y.
         Robert A. McCorkle         200 East 71st Street, New York 21, N.Y.
         Arthur O. King             1 Washington Sq. Village, New York 12, N.Y.
         William S. Youngman        778 Park Avenue, New York 21, N.Y.

     and that he is a  proposed  incorporator  of  AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE
ASSURANCE  COMPANY OF NEW YORK and that in such capacity he signed the foregoing
Declaration  of Intention  and Charter of the said American  International  Life
Assurance  Company of New York as his free act and deed. 

                                                        /s/ James A. Mackinnon
                                                       ------------------------ 
                                                       Notary Public


                                  EXHIBIT 6(c)

               Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation  of
               American  International Life Assurance Company of New York, dated
               February 4, 1972

<PAGE>


                                STATE OF NEW YORK

                              INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                                324 STATE STREET

                             ALBANY, NEW YORK 12210

BENJAMIN R. SCHENCK

Superintendent of Insurance

     The attached  Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of  Incorporation  of
AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE  ASSURANCE  COMPANY OF NEW YORK, of New York,  New
York, to effect the following:

     To increase  authorized capital from $1,000,000  comprised of 10,000 shares
with a par value of $100.  per share to  $1,250,000.  comprised of 12,500 shares
with a par value of $100. per share,

     IS HEREBY  APPROVED  February  22, 1972  pursuant to Section 53, of the New
York Insurance Law.

                                             In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto
                                             set my hand and affixed the
                                             official seal of this Department at
                                             the City of Albany, New York, this 
                                             22nd day of February, 1972.

                                             BENJAMIN R. SCHENCK
                                             Superintendent of Insurance

                                             By  /s/ Robert J. Bertrand

                                             Robert J. Bertrand
                                             Deputy Superintendent



<PAGE>


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                     OF THE
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
            AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

               Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law

     The undersigned, being the President and Secretary, does hereby certify and
set forth:
         
     1. The name of the  corporation  is AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE ASSURANCE
COMPANY OF NEW YORK.
        
     2.  The  certificate  of  incorporation  of  AMERICAN   INTERNATIONAL  LIFE
ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK was filed with the Department of State on the 16th
day of March, 1962.
        
     3.  The  certificate  of  incorporation  of  AMERICAN   INTERNATIONAL  LIFE
ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK is hereby amended,  pursuant to section 805 of the
Business  Corporation Law, to effect a change in the authorized  paid-in capital
from $1,000,000  divided into 10,000 each, to be increased to $1,250,000 divided
into 12,500 shares of Common Stock at a par value of $100.00 each.

     4. The  certificate  of  incorporation  in section 10 is hereby  amended as
follows: 

     "The  amount of the  capital of this  corporation  shall be One Million Two
Hundred and Fifty  Thousand  Dollars  ($1,250,000)  and shall  consist of Twelve
Thousand  Five Hundred  (12,500)  shares of the par value of One Hundred  Dollar
($100.00)  each." 5. The manner in which this  amendment to the  certificate  of
incorporation of AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK was
authorized  was by  unanimous  consent of the  Shareholders  and approved by the
Board of Directors.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  undersigned  have  executed  and  signed  this
certificate   this  4th  day  of  February,   1972.  

                                                  /s/  George  A.   Abouzeid
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             George A.  Abouzeid - President 

                                                 /s/ Preston E. Heath 
                                             ----------------------------------

                                             Preston E. Heath - Secretary

         SEAL



<PAGE>


         STATE OF NEW YORK )
                                    :       SS.:
         COUNTY OF NEW YORK)

     BEFORE ME, the undersigned officers, personally appeared GEORGE A. ABOUZEID
and PRESTON E. HEATH,  who  acknowledged  that they were President and Secretary
respectively of AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK, and
that they, as such officers,  being  authorized to do so, executed the foregoing
instrument for the purpose therein contained.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  I have hereunto set my hand and official seal this 4th
day February, 1972.

                                                       /s/ Donald T. DeCarlo
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Notary Public
                                                       DONALD T. DECARLO



<PAGE>


                                STATE OF NEW YORK

                                DEPARTMENT OF LAW

                                     ALBANY



LOUIS J. LEFKOWITZ
         ATTORNEY GENERAL

PAXTON BLAIR
         SOLICITOR GENERAL

     I, Louis J. Lefkowitz, Attorney General of the State of New York, do hereby
certify that I have  examined the annexed  proposed  Declaration  and Charter of
American  International Life Assurance Company of New York with principal office
at 102 Maiden Lane, in the City,  County and State of New York,  for the purpose
of  transacting  the kinds of  insurance  business  authorized  by  Section  46,
paragraphs  1,  2, 3 and 23 of the  Insurance  Law  of the  State  of New  York,
together  with the proof of  publication  of notice  of  intention  to form such
corporation, and I am of the opinion that the instruments submitted conform with
the requirements of law.

                                        In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set
                                        my hand and affixed the official seal
                                        of my office the day and year first 
                                        above written.

                                        LOUIS J. LEFKOWITZ
                                        Attorney General
                                        By:______________________________
                                             Solicitor General




                                  EXHIBIT 6(d)

               Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation  of
               American  International Life Assurance Company of New York, dated
               January 18, 1985

<PAGE>




                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                     OF THE

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

            AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                            (A New York Corporation)

                UNDER SECTION 805 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW


                  We, the  undersigned,  William  F. Healy and Marion E.  Fajen,
         President and Secretary  respectively,  of AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL LIFE
         ASSURANCE  COMPANY OF NEW YORK,  hereby  certify  under the seal of the
         Corporation:

     (1) The name of the  corporation is AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE ASSURANCE
COMPANY OF NEW YORK.

     (2)  The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE
ASSURANCE  COMPANY OF NEW YORK was filed with the Department of Insurance on the
16th day of March, 1962.

     (3) The Certificate of  Incorporation  as now in force and effect is hereby
amended to effect  the  following  amendment  authorized  by Section  805 of the
Business  Corporation  Law.  To change the date when the  Annual  Meeting of the
Board of Directors should be held for the purpose of election of officers.

     (4) The first sentence of SECTION 11 of the Certificate of Incorporation is
amended to read as  follows:  

     Section 11. The Annual  Meeting of the Board of Directors  shall be held in
the month of May of each  year on a date,  time and  place  which the  directors
shall set by  resolution  at the first  quarterly  meeting held in March of each
year.

     (5) The manner in which this amendment to the Certificate of  Incorporation
was  authorized  was by the  written  consent  of the  sole  stockholder  of all
outstanding shares on September 7, 1984.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  undersigned  have  executed  and  signed  this
certificate this 18th day of January, 1985.

                                                  /s/ William F. Healy
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                  William F. Healy, President

                                                  /s/ Marion E. Fajen
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  Marion E. Fajen, Secretary


STATE OF NEW YORK) SS.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK)

     William F. Healy and Marion E. Fajen,  being  first duly sworn,  depose and
say that they are the  President and  Secretary of AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE
ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK and that they have read the foregoing  certificate
and know the contents  thereof and that the  statements  therein  contained  are
true. Sworn to before me this 18th day of January 1985.

/s/ ROSALIE A. BROWN
- --------------------------------------
Notary Public

ROSALIE A. BROWN



<PAGE>


            AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                    Unanimous Consent of Shareholder in Lieu

                                   of Meeting

                                September 7, 1984

         --------------------------------------------------------------

     The undersigned  holder of record of 12,500 shares,  all of the outstanding
Capital Stock of AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE ASSURANCE  COMPANY OF NEW YORK, a
New  York  corporation  ("Corporation"),  entitled  to  vote  if  a  Meeting  of
Shareholders  were held, in conformity with Section 615 of the New York Business
Corporation Law, hereby adopts and consents to the following action:

     To amend the first sentence of Section 11 the CERTIFICATE OF  INCORPORATION
as follows:

     Section 11. The Annual  Meeting of the Board of Directors  shall be held in
the month of May of each  year on a date,  time and  place  which the  directors
shall set by  resolution  at the first  quarterly  meeting held in March of each
year.

     WITNESS the signature of the undersigned this 7th day September, 1984.

                                             AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
                                                  /s/ Marion E. Fajen
                                             By: ______________________________


                                  EXHIBIT 6(e)

               Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation  of
               American  International Life Assurance Company of New York, dated
               June 1, 1987

<PAGE>



                                STATE OF NEW YORK

                              INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                               AGENCY BUILDING ONE

                       THE GOVERNOR NELSON A. ROCKEFELLER

                               EMPIRE STATE PLAZA

                             ALBANY, NEW YORK 12257

JAMES P. CORCORAN

Superintendent of Insurance


         The  attached   Certificate   of  Amendment  of  the   Certificate   of
Incorporation of AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK, of
New York, New York,  filed  pursuant to Section 805 of the Business  Corporation
Law to effect the following:

                  To  amend  Section  2  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation
                  regarding principal office address.

         IS HEREBY  APPROVED  pursuant to Section 1206 of the New York Insurance
Law.

                                             In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto
                                             set my hand and affixed the
                                             official seal of this Department at
                                             the City of Albany, this 16th day  
                                             of June, 1987.

                                             /s/ Robert A. Donnelly
                                             Special Deputy
                                             Superintendent of Insurance



<PAGE>


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                     OF THE

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

            AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                            (A New York Corporation)

                UNDER SECTION 805 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW

         We, the undersigned,  William F. Healy and Maureen P. Tully,  President
and Secretary respectively,  of AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF
NEW YORK, hereby certify under the seal of the Corporation:

     (1) The name of the  corporation is AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE ASSURANCE
COMPANY OF NEW YORK.

     (2)  The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE
ASSURANCE  COMPANY OF NEW YORK was filed with the Department of Insurance on the
16th day of March, 1962.

     (3) The Certificate of  Incorporation  as now in force and effect is hereby
amended to effect  the  following  amendment  authorized  by Section  805 of the
Business Corporation Law.

     To delete  reference to the street  address of the principal  office of the
corporation.

     (4) Section 2 of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  is amended to read as
follows:

     Section 2. The principal office of the corporation  shall be located in the
City, County and State of New York.

     (5) The manner in which this amendment to the Certificate of  Incorporation
was  authorized  was by the  written  consent  of the  sole  stockholder  of all
outstanding shares on May 19, 1987.

     IN  WITNESS   WHEREOF,   the  undersigned  has  executed  and  signed  this
certificate   this   1st   day   of   June,   1987.  

                                                   /s/   William   F.   Healy
                                                  ----------------------------- 
                                                  William F. Healy, President


                                                  /s/ Maureen P. Tully
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                  Maureen P. Tully




<PAGE>


STATE OF NEW YORK)         SS.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK)

William F. Healy and  Maureen P. Tully,  being first duly sworn,  depose and say
that  they are the  President  and  Secretary  of  AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE
ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK and that they have read the foregoing  certificate
and know the contents  thereof and that the  statements  therein  contained  are
true.

Sworn to before me this 1st day of June, 1987.


/s/ Rosalie A. Brown
- ---------------------------------
Notary Public

ROSALIE A. BROWN



<PAGE>


                                STATE OF NEW YORK

                              INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                               AGENCY BUILDING ONE

                       THE GOVERNOR NELSON A. ROCKEFELLER

                               EMPIRE STATE PLAZA

                             ALBANY, NEW YORK 12257

JAMES P. CORCORAN

Superintendent of Insurance

     The attached  Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation
of AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK, of New York, New
York,  filed pursuant to Section 805 of the Business  Corporation  Law to effect
the following:

     To change the date when the Annual Meeting of the Board of Directors should
be held for the purpose of election of officers.

     IS HEREBY APPROVED pursuant to Section 1206 of the New York Insurance Law.

                                                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have 
                                                  hereunto set my hand  and  
                                                  affixed the official  seal of 
                                                  this Department at the City of
                                                  Albany, New York, this 1st day
                                                  of February, 1985.

                                                  JAMES P. CORCORAN

                                                  Superintendent of Insurance

                                                  By  /s/ Robert A. Donnelly

                                                  Special Deputy Superintendent



                                  EXHIBIT 6(f)

               Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation  of
               American  International Life Assurance Company of New York, dated
               March 22, 1989

<PAGE>


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                     OF THE

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

            AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                            (a New York Corporation)

                UNDER SECTION 805 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW

         We, the  undersigned,  A. Raymond  Williams  and Maureen P. Tully,  the
President  and  the  Secretary  respectively,  of  AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE
ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK, hereby certify under the seal of the Corporation:

     (1) The name of the  corporation is AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE ASSURANCE
COMPANY OF NEW YORK.

     (2)  The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE
ASSURANCE  COMPANY OF NEW YORK was filed with the Department of Insurance on the
16th day of March, 1962.

     (3) The Certificate of  Incorporation  as now in force and effect is hereby
amended to effect  the  following  amendment  authorized  by Section  805 of the
Business  Corporation  Law. To change the par value of the capital  stock of the
corporation.

     (4) Section 10 of the  Certificate of  Incorporation  is amended to read as
follows:  Section 10. "The amount of the Capital of the corporation shall be TWO
MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND  DOLLARS  ($2,500,000) and shall consist of Twelve
Thousand Five Hundred  (12,500)  shares of the par value of TWO HUNDRED  DOLLARS
($200.00) each."

     (5) The manner in which this amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation
was authorized by the written consent of the sole stockholder of all outstanding
shares on March 22, 1989. 

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  undersigned  have  executed  and  signed  this
certificate this 22nd day of March 1989.

                                               ---------------------------------
                                               A. Raymond Williams, President


                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Maureen P. Tully, Secretary

STATE OF NEW YORK) SS.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK)

     A. Raymond  Williams and Maureen P. Tully,  being first duly sworn,  depose
and say that they are the President and Secretary of AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE
ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK and that they have read the foregoing  certificate
and know the contents  thereof and that the  statements  therein  contained  are
true.

         Sworn to me this 22nd day of March, 1989.

                                                     /s/ ROSALIE A. BROWN
                                                     --------------------------
                                                     Notary Public
                                                     ROSALIE A. BROWN



                                  EXHIBIT 6(g)

               Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of  Incorporation  of
               American  International Life Assurance Company of New York, dated
               June 27, 1991

<PAGE>
SHORT CERTIFICATE

                                STATE OF NEW YORK

                              INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                                GREGORY V. SERIO

                       ACTING SUPERINTENDENT OF INSURANCE

It is hereby  certified  that the annexed copy of  Declaration  of Intention and
Charter of AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE  ASSURANCE  COMPANY OF NEW YORK, of New
York, New York, as filed in this  Department  March 16, 1962, with Amendments to
date,

has been compared with the original on file in this  Department and that it is a
correct transcript therefrom and of the whole of said original.

                                              In Witness Whereof,   I  have
                                              hereunto set my hand  and  affixed
                                              the official seal of this Dept.
                                              at the City  of Albany,  this 18th
                                              day  of  February, 1997.

                                              /s/ Frank M. D'Amico
                                              Special Deputy Superintendent




<PAGE>


                                STATE OF NEW YORK

                              INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                               AGENCY BUILDING ONE

                       THE GOVERNOR NELSON A. ROCKEFELLER

                               EMPIRE STATE PLAZA

                             ALBANY, NEW YORK 12257

SALVATORE R. CURIALE

Superintendent of Insurance

         The  attached   Certificate   of  Amendment  of  the   Certificate   of
Incorporation of AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK, of
New York, New York,  filed  pursuant to Section 805 of the Business  Corporation
Law and effecting the following:

         To  increase  the capital  stock from  $2,500,000  comprised  of 12,500
shares with a par value of $200.00 per share to  $3,225,000  comprised of 16,125
shares with a par value of $200.00 per share.

         IS HEREBY  APPROVED  pursuant to Section 1206 of the New York Insurance
Law.

                                            In Witness Whereof, I have 
                                            hereunto set my hand and affixed 
                                            the official seal of this Department
                                            at the City of Albany, this 28th day
                                            of June, 1991.

                                                     SALVATORE R. CURIALE

                                             Superintendent of Insurance

                                             By  /s/ Robert A. Donnelly

                                             Special Deputy Superintendent


<PAGE>


          Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation

                                       of

            American International Life Assurance Company of New York

         Under Section 805 of the New York Business Corporation Law and
                   Section 1206 of the New York Insurance Law
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  It is hereby certified that:

     FIRST: The name of the corporation is American International Life Assurance
Company of New York.

     SECOND:  The certificate of  incorporation  of the corporation was filed by
the Department of Insurance on March 16, ------ 1962.

     THIRD: The amendment of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation
effected by this certificate
of amendment is to increase the capital stock of the corporation.

     FOURTH:  To  accomplish  the  foregoing   amendment,   Section  10  of  the
certificate  of  incorporation  of the  corporation,  relating to the authorized
capital stock of the corporation is hereby amended to read as follows:

     Section 10: The amount of capital stock of this corporation  shall be Three
Million  Two Hundred and Twenty Five  Thousand  Dollars  ($3,225,000)  and shall
consist of Sixteen  Thousand One Hundred and Twenty Five (16,125)  shares of the
par value of Two Hundred Dollars ($200) each.

     FIFTH:  The foregoing  amendment of the certificate of incorporation of the
corporation  was  authorized  by the unanimous  written  consent of the Board of
Directors of the corporation,  followed by the unanimous  written consent of the
holders of all of the outstanding shares of the corporation  entitled to vote on
the said amendments of the certificate of incorporation.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  we have subscribed this document on the date set forth
below and do hereby affirm, under the penalties of perjury,  that the statements
contained therein have been examined by us and are true and correct.

Date:  June 27, 1991
                                                       /S/ PATRICK J. FOLEY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sworn and subscribed before me                         Patrick J. Foley
this 27th day of June 1991.                            Vice President

PATRICIA R. MCAULIFFE
- -------------------------------                        -------------------------
Notary Public                                          Debra E. Klugman
                                                       Secretary



<PAGE>


                                STATE OF NEW YORK

                              INSURANCE DEPARTMENT

                               AGENCY BUILDING ONE

                       THE GOVERNOR NELSON A. ROCKEFELLER

                               EMPIRE STATE PLAZA

                             ALBANY, NEW YORK 12257

JAMES P. CORCORAN

Superintendent of Insurance

         The  attached   Certificate   of  Amendment  of  the   Certificate   of
Incorporation of AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  LIFE ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK, of
New York, New York,  filed  pursuant to Section 805 of the Business  Corporation
Law and effecting the following:

         To  increase  the capital  stock from  $1,250,000  comprised  of 12,500
shares with a par value of $100.00 per share to  $2,500,000  comprised of 12,500
shares with a par value of $200.00 per share.

         IS HEREBY  APPROVED  pursuant to Section 1206 of the New York Insurance
Law.

                                             In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto
                                             set my hand and affixed the
                                             official seal of this Department at
                                             the City of Albany, this 
                                             9th day of June, 1989.

                                                  JAMES P. CORCORAN
                                             Superintendent of Insurance

                                             By  /s/ Robert A. Donnelly

                                             Special Deputy Superintendent




                                   EXHIBIT 8

               Delaware  Valley  Financial  Services  Administrative   Agreement
               appointing   Delaware  Valley  Financial   Services  by  American
               International  Life  Assurance  Company  of New York and AIG Life
               Company

<PAGE>
                    DELAWARE VALLEY FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

                            ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENT


Client:           American International Life Assurance Company of New York
                  70 Pine Street
                  New York, NY  10720

Date:             October 1, 1986

Initial Term:     Three (3) years.

Background:  Client wishes to appoint Delaware Valley Financial  Services,  Inc.
("DVFS") as the  exclusive  administrator  of certain  Single  Premium  Variable
Annuity  policies  issued by Client and its  affiliated  insurers (as defined in
Section 9.13 of this Agreement).

         INTENDING  TO BE  LEGALLY  BOUND,  and in  consideration  of the mutual
agreements stated below, Client and DVFS agree as follows:

                      SECTION 1: APPOINTMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

         1.1      Appointment of DVFS. During the term of this Agreement, Client
                  appoints DVFS as its exclusive  administrator  of the policies
                  described on the attached Schedule A ("Policies") , subject to
                  the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  Schedule A may be
                  amended from time to time by the mutual  written  agreement of
                  Client and DVFS.

         1.2  Acceptance  by DVFS.  DVFS accepts such  appointments  as Client's
exclusive administrator of the Policies.

         1.3      Start-Up  Procedure.  The parties shall use their best efforts
                  to implement and perform the start-up processes and procedures
                  described on the attached  Schedule B, in accordance  with the
                  schedules and subject to the testing and  acceptance  criteria
                  stated on Schedule B.  Schedule B may be amended  from time to
                  time by the mutual  agreement of Client and DVFS.  If, despite
                  using best  efforts,  the parties are unable to complete  such
                  start-up  processes  and  procedures  within 90 days after the
                  completion  date stated on  Schedule B, then either  party may
                  terminate this Agreement  immediately upon notice to the other
                  party.

                               SECTION 2: SERVICES

         2.1      General  Services.  During  the term of this  Agreement,  DVFS
                  shall perform  services of the type  described on the attached
                  Schedule C  ("Services"),  subject to the terms and conditions
                  of this Agreement. Schedule C may be amended from time to time
                  by the mutual written  agreement of Client and DVFS, or by the
                  agreement  of any  Authorized  Employee (as defined in Section
                  2.2) and DVFS as contemplated by Section 2.2.

         2.2      Client's Authorized Employees.  Subject to the limitations and
                  conditions   stated  on  the   attached   Schedule  D,  Client
                  authorizes  the  employees  named on the  attached  Schedule D
                  ("Authorized Employee") to (a) coordinate  communications with
                  DVFS with  respect  to this  Agreement,  (b)  provide  to DVFS
                  requests and  instructions  with respect to the Services,  (c)
                  clarify  with DVFS the  specific  scope and  timing of records
                  maintained,  reports prepared and other Services  performed by
                  DVFS,  and (d) agree in  writing  with DVFS on  changes in the
                  Base Compensation  payable by Client to DVFS under Section 3.1
                  to reflect  changes  in the scope and timing of the  Services.
                  Client  may  amend  Schedule  D from  time to  time by  giving
                  written notice to DVFS of the  amendment,  but no amendment to
                  Schedule D shall be effective  unless and until it is received
                  by DVFS.

         2.3      DVFS  Personnel  and  Facilities.  DVFS  shall  maintain  such
                  personnel and  facilities as it deems  necessary,  in its sole
                  discretion,  to perform the Services. Client acknowledges that
                  DVFS  owns,  and will use to  perform  the  Services,  certain
                  computer  programs  and related  documentation  and  materials
                  ("System")  which  constitute  trade  secrets and  proprietary
                  property of DVFS.  No provision of this  Agreement is intended
                  to grant to Client,  and Client  shall not have,  any right to
                  use, or any right to access to, any part of the System, except
                  to the extent permitted under Section 5.4 and 7.3(h).

         2.4      Regulatory Changes. If there are changes in any federal, state
                  or local law, rule or regulation which affect the Services, or
                  if any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over Client takes
                  a position  which  effects the  Services  and of which DVFS is
                  notified  in writing  by Client,  then DVFS shall use its best
                  efforts  to  develop  and  implement  changes in the System or
                  Services and take other  actions  reasonably  required so that
                  the Services  continue to satisfy  applicable  laws, rules and
                  regulations. Client acknowledges that any change in the System
                  contemplated  by this Section 2.4 may result in changes in the
                  scope and timing of records  maintained,  reports prepared and
                  other  Services  performed by DVFS.  If so, the parties  shall
                  negotiate in good faith appropriate and corresponding  changes
                  in the Base  Compensation  payable  by  Client  to DVFS  under
                  Section 3.1.

          2.5  Excused  Performance.  As used herein,  "Force Majeure" means any
               Act of God,  act of civil or military  authority,  war,  criminal
               act, fire, explosion, earthquake, flood, weather condition, power
               failure,  labor  problem,  accident,  or any other cause,  beyond
               DVFS's reasonable  control. If DVFS fails to perform, in whole or
               in  part,  any of  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  as a
               consequence  of any  Force  Majeure,  then  (a) such  failure  to
               perform  shall not  constitute a breach of this  Agreement for as
               long as the Force Majeure  continues and for a reasonable  period
               thereafter,  and DVFS  shall  have no  liability  for any loss or
               damage  resulting  therefrom,  (b) to the extent  possible,  DVFS
               shall use its best efforts to perform its obligations  under this
               Agreement,  and (c) DVFS shall promptly  notify Client in writing
               of the occurrence of the Force Majeure, its expected duration (if
               known),  and the extent to which the Force majeure is expected to
               affect  DVFS's  ability to  perform  its  obligations  under this
               Agreement.

                          SECTION 3: FEES AND EXPENSES

         3.1      Base  Compensation.  In  consideration  of the  Services to be
                  rendered by DVFS as provided in this  Agreement,  Client shall
                  pay to DVFS the fees and  expenses  described  on the attached
                  Schedule  E ("Base  Compensation").  Schedule E may be amended
                  from time to time by the mutual  written  agreement  of Client
                  and  DVFS  or by  the  written  agreement  of  any  Authorized
                  Employee and DVFS as contemplated  by Section 2.2.  Schedule E
                  shall  be  amended  as a  result  of any  changes  in the Base
                  Compensation  agreed to by the parties under Section 2.4 or as
                  a result of any price increase  implemented under Section 3.4.
                  The Base  Compensation  due DVFS shall be payable by client to
                  DVFS no later  than 30 days after  receipt  of DVFS's  invoice
                  therefor.


         3.2      Additional  Expenses.  If  DVFS  incurs  additional  costs  or
                  expenses in connection with this  Agreement,  other than those
                  included in the Base Compensation,  as a result of any request
                  or  instruction  of Client or any  Authorized  Employee,  then
                  Client shall reimburse DVFS for any such additional  costs and
                  expenses no later than 30 days after receipt of DVFS's invoice
                  therefor.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the amount of any
                  such additional costs and expenses will exceed $1,000.00, then
                  DVFS shall first obtain the written  approval of Client or any
                  Authorized Employee before incurring the same.

         3.3      Regulatory  Changes.  Client shall pay its proportionate share
                  of all costs and expenses  incurred by DVFS in developing  and
                  implementing  any change  under  Section  2.4,  within 30 days
                  after receipt of DVFS's invoice therefor. DVFS shall determine
                  Client's proportionate share by reasonably allocating all such
                  costs and expenses among all of its clients who are affected.

         3.4      Price  Increases.  DVFS may  increase  the fees  described  on
                  Schedule  E to be in effect  during any  renewal  term of this
                  Agreement, by giving notice to Client at least 120 days before
                  the beginning of the renewal term affected.

         3.5      Late Payments. A service charge at an annual rate equal to the
                  prime rate as  published  in the  Eastern  Edition of the Wall
                  Street Journal as of the original due date (or, if lower,  the
                  maximum rate permitted by applicable  law) shall accrue on any
                  amount  not paid by Client to DVFS  within  ten days after the
                  last day for paying  such  amount  under this  Agreement,  and
                  shall be payable by Client to DVFS on demand.

         3.6      Taxes.  The fees and  expenses  payable  by Client  under this
                  Agreement  do not  include,  and Client  shall timely pay, all
                  sales,  use,  transfer  or other  taxes  which  are  levied or
                  imposed by reasons of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby;
                  excluding,  however,  income  taxes on  profits  which  may be
                  levied against DVFS.

                       SECTION 4: DVFS's RESPONSIBILITIES

         4.1      Services.  DVFS  represents to Client that,  based upon DVFS's
                  review of the July 30, 1986 draft of the form of the  Policies
                  and the July  31,  1986  memorandum  from  Victoria  Pickering
                  concerning  such form,  DVFS has the capability to perform the
                  Services.  DVFS  shall,  using  reasonable  care,  perform the
                  Services in accordance  with this  Agreement and in compliance
                  with all applicable laws,  rules and  regulations.  DVFS shall
                  have no  liability  under this  Section 4.1 unless,  within 30
                  days after the date Client  discovered  or  reasonably  should
                  have discovered any material error caused by DVFS's failure to
                  so use  reasonable  care,  DVFS  receives  notice  from Client
                  describing  such  material   error,   together  with  adequate
                  supporting documentation and data.

         4.2      Client's  Data.  DVFS shall use  reasonable  care in  handling
                  Client's  data  which is in  DVFS's  possession.  DVFS's  only
                  obligation   under  this  Section  4.2  is  to  maintain,   in
                  accordance with prudent standards of insurance record keeping,
                  daily,  weekly and monthly  off-site backup copies of Client's
                  computer data which is in DVFS's  possession.  DVFS shall have
                  no  liability  for any loss or damage  arising  from  Client's
                  failure to maintain  backup  copies of all data  delivered  by
                  Client or any of its personnel to DVFS.

         4.3      Confidentiality.  In  performing  its  obligations  under this
                  Agreement,  DVFS may have access to and receive  disclosure of
                  certain confidential or proprietary  information about Client,
                  including  without  limitation   marketing   philosophies  and
                  objectives,    competitive   advantages   and   disadvantages,
                  financial   results,   technological   developments,    names,
                  addresses,   telephone   numbers   and   related   information
                  ("Confidential  Information").  DVFS shall take all reasonable
                  steps necessary to protect and preserve the  confidential  and
                  proprietary  nature  of all  Confidential  Information  in its
                  possession,  and shall  promptly  notify Client of any loss or
                  misplacement  of  any   Confidential   Information  in  DVFS's
                  possession.  Except  as  provided  in  this  Agreement  or  as
                  reasonably  required to perform the Services,  DVFS shall not,
                  directly or  indirectly,  disclose,  give,  sell or  otherwise
                  transfer or make available to any third party,  or use for any
                  purpose,  or make any copies of, any Confidential  Information
                  in   DVFS's   possession.   Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,
                  "Confidential   Information"   shall  not   include   (a)  any
                  information  which is or becomes  generally  available  to the
                  public or the insurance industry,  other than as a result of a
                  breach of this Agreement by DVFS, (b) any information which is
                  lawfully  obtained by DVFS from a third party,  provided  that
                  the  third  party  is not,  to  DVFS's  knowledge,  bound by a
                  nondisclosure  agreement  with  respect  thereto,  and (c) any
                  information  which DVFS already knew or subsequently  develops
                  from independent sources.

         4.4      Records and Permits.  DVFS shall  maintain,  at its  principal
                  administrative  office, for the duration of this Agreement and
                  for a period  of five  years  thereafter,  adequate  books and
                  records of all transactions  between DVFS,  Client and persons
                  insured under the Policies,  provided that the foregoing shall
                  not require DVFS to retain  copies of, or  otherwise  maintain
                  records of, any data, information,  reports,  records or other
                  documents  sent or returned to Client.  Client  shall have the
                  right to review such books and  records,  in  accordance  with
                  Section 6, subject to any  proprietary  rights of DVFS in such
                  books and records.  DVFS shall  maintain,  for the duration of
                  this Agreement,  all licenses  required to be maintained by it
                  under applicable law, rule or regulation.

         4.5      Disclaimer.  EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY  STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT,
                  DVFS MAKES NO  REPRESENTATIONS  OR  WARRANTIES  OF ANY NATURE,
                  ORAL OR WRITTEN,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  CONCERNING THE SERVICES
                  OR ANY OTHER  MATTER,  INCLUDING  WITHOUT  LIMITATION  IMPLIED
                  WARRANTIES  OF  MERCHANTABILITY  AND FITNESS FOR A  PARTICULAR
                  PURPOSE.

         4.6      Limitation  on  Damages.  DVFS's  total  liability  under this
                  Agreement  will not exceed the greater of (a) the total of all
                  fees actually paid by Client to DVFS during the most recent 12
                  calendar months, or (b) the amount payable under DVFS's errors
                  and  omissions  insurance  policy(ies),   provided  that  DVFS
                  maintains  throughout the term of this Agreement an errors and
                  omissions  insurance  policy(ies)  acceptable  by Client in an
                  amount of not less than one million  dollars  ($1,000,000.00),
                  relating  to all of the  services to be  performed  hereunder.
                  DVFS  shall at all times as Client may  request,  but at least
                  once a year,  provide  Client proof that said  policy(ies)  of
                  insurance are in force. DVFS shall also notify Client when any
                  claims made against the errors and omissions  policy(ies),  in
                  the aggregate, total in excess of one hundred thousand dollars
                  ($100,000.00).  Neither DVFS nor Client will be liable for any
                  special,  indirect  or  consequential  damages of any  nature,
                  whether or not foreseeable.

         4.7      Other Persons.  The  responsibilities  and obligations of DVFS
                  under  this  Agreement  run  only  to  Client,  and not to any
                  holder, annuitant, owner, insured or beneficiary of any of the
                  Policies or any other Person.  Under no circumstances will any
                  Person  be  considered  a  third  party  beneficiary  of  this
                  Agreement.

                         SECTION 5: CLIENT'S OBLIGATIONS

         5.1      Data and Documents.  Client shall provide to DVFS, as and when
                  necessary,   all  data   concerning  the  Policies  and  other
                  information,  and all forms,  applications,  certificates  and
                  other  documents,  reasonably  required by DVFS from Client to
                  properly perform the Services.  All such data, information and
                  documents provided to DVFS by Client or an Authorized Employee
                  shall be accurate,  current and complete,  and DVFS shall have
                  the right to fully rely thereon in  performing  the  Services.
                  Client shall maintain  backup copies of all data,  information
                  and  documents  provided  to DVFS by Client  or an  Authorized
                  Employee.  DVFS shall also have the right to fully rely on any
                  data and information supplied by any holder, annuitant, owner,
                  insured or  beneficiary  of the Policies,  or any agent of the
                  Client.

         5.2      Policies.  In  offering,  selling,  issuing,  underwriting  or
                  otherwise  handling the  Policies,  Client and its  affiliated
                  insurers shall obtain all required governmental and regulatory
                  approvals  and  shall  otherwise  comply  with all  applicable
                  federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations.

         5.3      Exclusivity.  During the term of this Agreement, DVFS shall be
                  the exclusive  administrator  of the Policies.  Neither Client
                  nor any of its  affiliated  insurers  shall  appoint any other
                  Person as  administrator  of any of the Policies or enter into
                  any  administration or similar agreement with any other Person
                  with respect to any of the  Policies,  nor shall Client or any
                  of  its  affiliated  insurers  act  as  administrator  of  the
                  Policies.

         5.4      Limited System Access.  Client may install a limited number of
                  remote  terminals  connected to the System via telephone line,
                  for the sole  purpose of  obtaining,  at limited  times during
                  DVFS's  normal  business  hours,  read-only  access to profile
                  information and account values for the Policies. All costs and
                  expenses associated with the installation,  connection and use
                  of  such  terminals  shall  be  paid  directly  by  Client  or
                  reimbursed  by Client to DVFS within 30 days after  receipt of
                  DVFS's  invoice  therefor.  Costs  reimbursed  to  DVFS  shall
                  include,  without  limitation,  costs of  telephone  lines and
                  multiplexers  and, at DVFS's  option,  clock-time and CPU-time
                  charges.  If and whenever DVFS  determines that such access to
                  the System is disruptive to DVFS's use of the System, DVFS may
                  further  restrict the number of remote  terminals used and the
                  hours of access,  and may impose any other  restrictions which
                  DVFS deems  necessary.  DVFS shall  have no  liability  of any
                  nature  arising from any improper use or  disclosure of Policy
                  information so obtained by Client.  Any information  regarding
                  the System itself shall be held in strict confidence by Client
                  and  shall not be used for any  purpose  or  disclosed  to any
                  Person by Client.

                                SECTION 6: AUDITS

         6.1      General  Conditions.  Upon  reasonable  notice  to DVFS and at
                  reasonable times,  Client may conduct or have conducted audits
                  of the type described in Sections 6.2 and 6.3. Each such audit
                  shall be  conducted  in a manner  which  avoids  any  material
                  disruption to DVFS's business.

         6.2      Records  Audits.  If the audit  involves a review of  Client's
                  data and records which are in DVFS's possession,  or of DVFS's
                  books and records  maintained in accordance  with Section 4.4,
                  then,  at  Client's  option,  the  audit may be  conducted  by
                  Client's  qualified  personnel  or by a qualified  independent
                  auditor  selected by Client,  in either case, at Client's sole
                  expense.

         6.3      Systems  Audits.  If the  audit  involves  a review  of DVFS's
                  procedures,  programs  and systems,  or of DVFS's  proprietary
                  records  pertaining  to  this  Agreement,  then,  at  Client's
                  options,  the audit may be  conducted  by  Client's  qualified
                  personnel  or by a qualified  independent  auditor  reasonably
                  satisfactory  to  DVFS,  selected  and  paid  for  by  Client,
                  provided  that such  personnel  or auditor  signs a reasonably
                  acceptable   confidentiality   agreement   with  DVFS   before
                  beginning the audit.

                       SECTION 7: DURATION AND TERMINATION

         7.1      Term of Agreement.  The term of this  Agreement  begins on the
                  date  stated on the first  page of this  Agreement,  and shall
                  continue for the number of years stated as the Initial Term on
                  the  first  page  of  this   Agreement,   and  thereafter  for
                  successive one year renewal terms (or such other renewal terms
                  as are then mutually agreed upon), unless and until terminated
                  as provided in Section 7.3.

         7.2      Default.  The  occurrence  of any one or more of the following
                  events shall  constitute a default under this Agreement by the
                  party to whom the event relates ("Default"):

               (a)  Any  failure  or refusal by Client to pay any amount to DVFS
                    within 15 days after the last day for payment of such amount
                    under this Agreement.

               (b)  Any  failure or refusal by a party to perform or satisfy any
                    term  or  condition  of  this  Agreement,  if  such  failure
                    continues  for more than 30 days after the other party gives
                    notice thereof to such party,  provided that such failure or
                    refusal shall not  constitute a Default if more than 30 days
                    are reasonably  required for its cure and the party involved
                    commences the cure during such 30-day period and  thereafter
                    diligently prosecutes the cure to completion.

               (c)  The voluntary or  involuntary  bankruptcy or insolvency of a
                    party,   the  voluntary  or   involuntary   dissolution   or
                    liquidation of a party,  the admission in writing by a party
                    of its  inability  to pay its debts as they  mature,  or the
                    assignment by a party for the benefit of creditors.

         7.3  Termination of Agreement.  This Agreement may not be terminated by
either party except as follows:

               (a)  Either party may terminate this Agreement  immediately  upon
                    notice to the other  party if the other  party is in Default
                    under this Agreement.  If Client is in Default under Section
                    3, Section 5.3 or Section 8.1 of this  Agreement,  DVFS may,
                    without terminating this Agreement, withhold its performance
                    of the Services until Client's Default has been cured.

               (b)  Either party may terminate  this Agreement at the end of the
                    Initial  Term by giving  notice to the other  party at least
                    180 days before the end of the Initial  Term.  If DVFS gives
                    Client notice of a price increase to be effective at the end
                    of  the  Initial  Term,   then  Client  may  terminate  this
                    Agreement at the end of the Initial Term by giving notice to
                    DVFS at least 90 days before the end of the Initial Term.

               (c)  Either party may terminate  this Agreement at the end of any
                    renewal term by giving notice to the other party at least 90
                    days before the end of the then current renewal term.

               (d)  If, after the Initial Term of the  Agreement,  the aggregate
                    account  values of the  Policies  fall below $50 million and
                    remain  below that amount for a period of more than 90 days,
                    then DVFS may terminate  this  Agreement upon 120 days prior
                    notice to Client, provided that:

                    (i)  By  giving  written  notice  to DVFS at  least  30 days
                         before  the  end of such  120-day  period,  Client  may
                         extend the term of this  Agreement up to an  additional
                         90 days.  During any such  extension  period,  all Base
                         Compensation  payable by Client  under  this  Agreement
                         shall be increased by a 20% surcharge.

                    (ii) If the  aggregate  account  values of all policies then
                         administered by DVFS for Client (including the Policies
                         administered   under  this   Agreement  and  all  other
                         policies  administered  under other agreements  between
                         DVFS and Client)  exceed $300 million,  then DVFS shall
                         not have the right to terminate this Agreement. If, due
                         to the foregoing, DVFS cannot terminate this Agreement,
                         then all Base Compensation payable by Client under this
                         Agreement  shall be increased by a 20% surcharge for as
                         long as the  aggregate  account  values of the Policies
                         remain below $50 million.

                    (c)  If  there is a change  in any  federal,  state or local
                         law, rule or regulation which affects the Services,  or
                         if  any  regulatory  agency  having  jurisdiction  over
                         Client takes a position  which affects the Services and
                         of which DVFS is notified in writing by Client, and if,
                         despite  using  its best  efforts,  DVFS is  unable  to
                         develop  and  implement  the  necessary  changes in the
                         System or Services on a timely  basis,  then Client may
                         give notice to DVFS of its intent to  terminate 45 days
                         after DVFS  receives  such notice  unless DVFS is first
                         able to complete the development and  implementation of
                         the necessary  changes in the System and Services.  For
                         purposes of this Section 7.3(e),  the necessary changes
                         in  the  System  and  Services"   means  those  changes
                         required so that the Services continue to comply in all
                         material  respects  with all  applicable  laws,  rules,
                         regulations,   and  other   applicable   administrative
                         requirements.

                    (d)  If  DVFS  assigns  this  Agreement,   without  Client's
                         consent,  in accordance  with Section 9.3 (b) and, as a
                         result, there is a significant change in the management
                         of DVFS,  then client may terminate this Agreement upon
                         120 days prior notice to DVFS.

                    (e)  If DVFS is unable to substantially perform the Services
                         for  more  than  30  days  due to  one  of  the  causes
                         described in Section  2.5,  then Client may give notice
                         to DVFS of its intent to terminate this Agreement,  and
                         this  Agreement  shall  terminate  15 days  after  DVFS
                         receives  such  notice  unless  DVFS is  first  able to
                         resume performance of the Services.

                    (f)  If DVFS is in  default  under  Section  7.2(c)  of this
                         Agreement,  Client shall, in its sole discretion,  have
                         the option to obtain a nonexclusive  license to use the
                         System,  on an "as is"  basis  and  limited  to use for
                         administering  the Policies,  in which event Client and
                         DVFS  shall  negotiate  in good  faith  the fee for the
                         license and other terms  governing  such  license,  and
                         shall  enter  into a written  license  agreement.  This
                         Section  7.3(h) shall survive the  termination  of this
                         Agreement.

         7.4      Effect of Termination.  Upon termination of this Agreement:

                    (a)  Provided  Client is not in Default,  DVFS shall  assist
                         Client,   at  Client's  sole  expense,   in  converting
                         Client's  data and  records  to  another  administrator
                         selected by Client.

                    (b)  Whether  or  not  Client  is  in  Default,  DVFS  shall
                         promptly  return to Client,  at Client's  sole expense,
                         all data, records and documents belonging to Client and
                         then in DVFS's possession.

                    (c)  All fees and expenses due to DVFS for Services rendered
                         up to the date of  termination,  and all charges due to
                         DVFS for conversion  assistance and return of materials
                         under  this  Section  7.4,  shall be paid  promptly  by
                         Client to DVFS.

                           SECTION 8: INDEMNIFICATION

         8.1      Indemnification  by Client.  Client shall  indemnify  and hold
                  harmless  DVFS (and its  directors,  officers,  employees  and
                  agents)  from and against any all  demands,  claims,  actions,
                  suits,  proceedings (whether civil, criminal,  administrative,
                  investigative or otherwise),  orders, judgments,  liabilities,
                  losses,  damages,  settlements,  costs and expenses (including
                  without  limitation  reasonable  attorneys' fees, court costs,
                  fines  and  penalties)  arising  out of or  caused  by (a) the
                  performance by DVFS of the Services, except to the extent that
                  DVFS shall not have performed the Services in compliance  with
                  this  Agreement,  (b) the  failure  or  refusal  by  Client to
                  substantially  perform  any  of  its  obligations  under  this
                  Agreement, or (c) the offer, sale, issuance or underwriting of
                  any of the Policies  (except to the extent DVFS is responsible
                  for  issuance of  Policies  hereunder)  or any other  policies
                  offered,  sold, issued or underwritten by Client or any of its
                  affiliated  insurers.  Without  limiting the generality of the
                  foregoing,  this indemnification by Client shall cover any and
                  all   liabilities,   losses,   damages,   costs  and  expenses
                  (including without limitation fines and penalties) arising out
                  of or caused by any action or omission  of DVFS in  reasonable
                  reliance  upon any oral or written  data or  information,  any
                  oral  or  written  request  or   instruction,   or  any  form,
                  application,  certificate or other document,  provided to DVFS
                  by Client or by any Authorized  Employee or agents,  or by any
                  holder,  annuitant,  owner,  insured  or  beneficiary  of  the
                  Policies,  including  without  limitation  any such  action or
                  omission which  constitutes a violation of any federal,  state
                  or local law, rule or regulation.

         8.2      Indemnification   by  DVFS.  DVFS  shall  indemnify  and  hold
                  harmless  Client (and its directors,  officers,  employees and
                  agents) from and against any and all demands, claims, actions,
                  suits,  proceedings (whether civil, criminal,  administrative,
                  investigative or otherwise),  orders, judgments,  liabilities,
                  losses,  damages,  settlements,  costs and expenses (including
                  without  limitation  reasonable  attorneys' fees, court costs,
                  fines  and  penalties)   arising  out  of  or  caused  by  the
                  performance  by DVFS of the  Services,  but only to the extent
                  that DVFS shall not have  performed the Services in compliance
                  with this  Agreement.  Without  limiting the generality of the
                  foregoing,  this  indemnification  by DVFS shall cover any and
                  all   liabilities,   losses,   damages,   costs  and  expenses
                  (including without limitation fines and penalties) arising out
                  of or caused by any  violation of any federal,  state or local
                  law,  rule or  regulation  resulting  from  DVFS's  failure to
                  perform the Services in compliance with this Agreement.

         8.3      Defense of Indemnification Matters. With respect to any demand
                  or proceeding  involving a matter  ("Indemnification  Matter")
                  against which one party  ("Indemnitee")  is indemnified by the
                  other  party   ("Indemnitor")   under  this   Section  8,  the
                  Indemnitor shall be solely  responsible,  at its sole expense,
                  for litigating,  defending or otherwise  attempting to resolve
                  such  demand or  proceeding,  and the  Indemnitee  shall fully
                  cooperate with the Indemnitor and its counsel in their efforts
                  to  litigate,  defend or  otherwise  attempt to  resolve  such
                  demand or proceeding,  and the Indemnitee shall have the right
                  to participate  therein through counsel of its own choice. The
                  Indemnitor shall not, however, agree to any settlement without
                  the  Indemnitee's  prior written  consent,  which shall not be
                  unreasonably withheld.

          8.4  Indemnification,  Policies  and  Payments.  With  respect to each
               Indemnification Matter:

          (a)  Within 30 days after the Indemnitee  receives  written  documents
               pertaining   to  the  demand  or   proceeding   underlying   such
               Indemnification  Matter, or within such shorter period of time as
               may be necessary  under the  circumstances  to avoid prejudice to
               the Indemnitor's  rights, the Indemnitee shall give notice to the
               Indemnitor of the nature of such Indemnification Matter and shall
               deliver to the Indemnitor copies of all such written documents.

          (b)  Within 10 days  after a final  agreement  is  reached  or a final
               judgment is rendered with respect to such Indemnification Matter,
               the  Indemnitor  shall pay to the Indemnitee any amounts to which
               the  Indemnitee  is entitled  under this Section 8, provided that
               the  Indemnitee  may offset such amounts  against any sums it may
               then owe to the Indemnitor.

          8.5  Survival.  The  provisions  of this  Section 8 shall  survive the
               termination of this Agreement.

                           SECTION 9: OTHER PROVISIONS

         9.1      Notices.  All notices and consents required or permitted to be
                  given  under this  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
                  deemed  to have  been  duly  given if and  when (a)  delivered
                  personally,  (b) transmitted by prepaid telegram or telex, (c)
                  mailed  by  first  class   certified   mail,   return  receipt
                  requested,  postage  prepaid,  or  (d)  sent  by a  nationally
                  recognized  express  courier  service,   postage  or  delivery
                  charges  prepaid,  to Client at is address stated on the first
                  page of this Agreement,  or to DVFS at Great Valley  Corporate
                  Center,  Ten  Valley  Stream  Parkway,  Malvern,  Pennsylvania
                  19355,  Attention:  President.  Either  party may from time to
                  time change its address for notices, by giving notice of a new
                  address to the other  party in  accordance  with this  Section
                  9.1.

         9.2      Relationship  between Parties.  Client  acknowledges that DVFS
                  has   entered   into  and  in  the   future   may  enter  into
                  administration  agreements and other  arrangements  with other
                  insurance  companies.  No provision of this Agreement shall in
                  any manner restrict the right of DVFS to transact  business of
                  nay  nature  with  other  insurance  companies  or  any  other
                  Persons.  The  relationship  between  Client and DVFS shall be
                  that of  independent  contractors,  and no  provision  of this
                  Agreement  shall be construed to constitute  either party as a
                  partner,  joint venturer or agent of the other.  Neither party
                  shall  have  any  authority  to bind  the  other  party in any
                  manner.  Neither  party  shall be liable in any manner for the
                  debts  and  liabilities  of the other  party,  and , except as
                  provided  in  this  Agreement,  each  party  shall  be  solely
                  responsible  for all  costs  and  expenses  incurred  by it in
                  performing its obligations under this Agreement.

         9.3      Assignments. Neither party shall, voluntarily, by operation of
                  law or  otherwise,  assign  any of its  rights or  obligations
                  under this  Agreement  without the prior  consent of the other
                  party,  except  that (a)  DVFS,  in its sole  discretion,  may
                  delegate or subcontract  certain of its obligations under this
                  Agreement without Client's  consent,  provided that DVFS shall
                  remain liable for all such obligations,  and provided further,
                  however,  that with respect to any material  obligation  to be
                  performed  by DVFS under  this  Agreement,  the prior  written
                  consent of Client shall first be obtained, (b) DVFS may assign
                  this Agreement, without Client's consent, to a successor to or
                  purchaser of all or  substantially  all of that part of DVFS's
                  business to which this Agreement relates,  if the successor or
                  purchaser  agrees in writing to be bound by the  provisions of
                  this  Agreement,  and (c) Client may  assign  this  Agreement,
                  without DVFS's  consent,  to AIG Life Insurance Co.,  Delaware
                  American  Life  Insurance  Company,   or  another  substantive
                  affiliate of Client. The assigning party shall promptly notify
                  the other party of any such assignment.

         9.4      Entire  Understanding.   This  Agreement,  together  with  the
                  attached Schedules,  states the entire  understanding  between
                  the parties with  respect to the subject  matter  hereof,  and
                  supersedes  all earlier and  contemporaneous  oral and written
                  communications and agreements with respect to the same subject
                  matter.  This  Agreement  shall  not  be  modified  except  as
                  provided in this Agreement or in a written  document signed by
                  both  parties,  and this  Agreement  shall  not be  terminated
                  except as  provided  in Section  7.3 or in a written  document
                  signed by both parties.

         9.5      Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall bind Client and DVFS
                  and their  respective  successors and assigns.  This Agreement
                  shall benefit and be enforceable  by Client and DVFS,  and, to
                  the  extent  permitted  by this  Agreement,  their  respective
                  successors and assigns.

         9.6      No Waivers.  No failure to exercise,  delay in exercising,  or
                  single or partial  exercise  of any right,  power or remedy by
                  either party shall  constitute a waiver of , or shall preclude
                  any  other or  further  exercise  of , the  same or any  other
                  right, power or remedy.

         9.7      Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is construed
                  to be invalid,  illegal or  unenforceable,  then the remaining
                  provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and
                  shall be enforceable without regard thereto.

         9.8      Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
                  counterparts,  each of which when so  executed  and  delivered
                  shall be an original hereof,  and it shall not be necessary in
                  making proof of this  Agreement to produce or account for more
                  than one counterpart hereof.

         9.9      Section  Headings.  Section and  subsection  headings  are for
                  convenience  of reference  only,  do not  constitute a part of
                  this Agreement, and shall not affect its interpretation.

         9.10     Controlling  Law. This  Agreement is made under,  and shall be
                  construed  and enforced in  accordance  with,  the laws of the
                  Commonwealth of Pennsylvania applicable to agreements made and
                  to be performed solely therein.

         9.11     Definition  of  Person.  As used in this  Agreement,  "Person"
                  means any  individual,  sole  proprietorship,  joint  venture,
                  partnership,    corporation,    bank,    insurance    company,
                  association,  cooperative,  trust, estate,  government (or any
                  branch, agency or subdivision thereof),  regulatory authority,
                  or any other entity.

         9.12     Arbitration.  Any disputes between the parties arising out of,
                  or  relating  to this  Agreement  shall  be  submitted  to and
                  settled   by   arbitration   in  the  City  of   Philadelphia,
                  Pennsylvania,  before  and in  accordance  with the rules then
                  recognized by the American Arbitration Association. Each party
                  shall be responsible for its own travel  expenses.  Each party
                  shall  pay 50% of the fees and  expenses  of any  arbitration,
                  unless  the   arbitrators   determine  that  one  party  acted
                  arbitrarily  or in bad faith,  in which case that party  shall
                  pay all such fees and expenses.  Decisions of the  arbitrators
                  shall be final and binding  upon both  parties,  and  judgment
                  thereon may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

         9.13     Definition of Affiliated Insureres. As used in this Agreement,
                  "Affiliated  Insurers" of Client  means any existing  domestic
                  life insurer affiliated of Client.


                  WITNESS  THE DUE  EXECUTION  AND  DELIVERY  HEREOF as the date
first stated above.

                                                  CLIENT:
         DELAWARE VALLEY FINANCIAL                AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL LIFE
         SERVICES, INC.                           ASSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK


         By:      /s/ A.C. Alloway, Jr.              By:  /s/ James A. Bambrick

         Print                                       Print
         Name:    A.C. Alloway, Jr.                  Name:  James A. Bambrick

         Title:   President                          Title:  Vice President




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission